-\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
+\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
@c %**start of header
@setfilename openocd.info
-@settitle Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD)
+@settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
@dircategory Development
@direntry
-@paragraphindent 0
-* OpenOCD: (openocd). Open On-Chip Debugger.
+* OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
@end direntry
+@paragraphindent 0
@c %**end of header
@include version.texi
@copying
+This User's Guide documents
+release @value{VERSION},
+dated @value{UPDATED},
+of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
+
@itemize @bullet
@item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
-@item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spen @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
+@item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
@item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
@item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
+@item Copyright @copyright{} 2009 David Brownell
@end itemize
@quotation
@end copying
@titlepage
-@title Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD)
-@subtitle Edition @value{EDITION} for OpenOCD version @value{VERSION}
+@titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
+@sp 1
+@title OpenOCD User's Guide
+@subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
@subtitle @value{UPDATED}
+
@page
@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
@insertcopying
@summarycontents
@contents
-@node Top, About, , (dir)
-@top OpenOCD
-
-This manual documents edition @value{EDITION} of the Open On-Chip Debugger
-(OpenOCD) version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}.
+@ifnottex
+@node Top
+@top OpenOCD User's Guide
@insertcopying
+@end ifnottex
@menu
-* About:: About OpenOCD.
-* Developers:: OpenOCD developers
-* Building:: Building OpenOCD
+* About:: About OpenOCD
+* Developers:: OpenOCD Developers
+* Building OpenOCD:: Building OpenOCD From SVN
* JTAG Hardware Dongles:: JTAG Hardware Dongles
+* About JIM-Tcl:: About JIM-Tcl
* Running:: Running OpenOCD
-* Simple Configuration Files:: Simple Configuration Files
+* OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
* Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
-* About JIM-Tcl:: About JIM-Tcl
* Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
* Interface - Dongle Configuration:: Interface - Dongle Configuration
* Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
-* Tap Creation:: Tap Creation
-* Target Configuration:: Target Configuration
-* Flash Configuration:: Flash Configuration
+* TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
+* CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
+* Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
+* NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
+* PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
* General Commands:: General Commands
+* Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
* JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
-* Sample Scripts:: Sample Target Scripts
* TFTP:: TFTP
* GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
-* TCL scripting API:: Tcl scripting API
+* Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
* Upgrading:: Deprecated/Removed Commands
-* Target library:: Target library
+* Target Library:: Target Library
* FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
-* TCL Crash Course:: TCL Crash Course
+* Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
* License:: GNU Free Documentation License
+
@comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
@comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
@comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
@comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
-* OpenOCD Index:: Main index.
+* OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
+* Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
@end menu
@node About
@unnumbered About
@cindex about
+OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
+University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
+Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
+supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
+around the world.
+
+@section What is OpenOCD?
+@cindex TAP
+@cindex JTAG
+
The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
devices.
@b{JTAG:} OpenOCD uses a ``hardware interface dongle'' to communicate
-with the JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) complient taps on your target board.
+with the JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
+A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
+special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
+between chips and boards.
-@b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently many types of hardware dongles: USB
-Based, Parallel Port Based, and other standalone boxes that run
-OpenOCD internally. See the section titled: @xref{JTAG Hardware
-Dongles}.
+@b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
+based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
+OpenOCD internally. @xref{JTAG Hardware Dongles}.
-@b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920t,
-ARM922t, ARM926ej--s, ARM966e--s), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
-Cortex-M3 (Luminary Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
-debugged via the GDB Protocol.
+@b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
+ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
+Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
+debugged via the GDB protocol.
@b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
-compatible flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
-internal flashes (LPC2000, AT91SAM7, STR7x, STR9x, LM3 and
-STM32x). Preliminary support for using the LPC3180's NAND flash
-controller is included.
+compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
+internal flashes (LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
+STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
+(LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
+
+@section OpenOCD Web Site
+
+The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
+
+@uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
+
+@section Latest User's Guide:
+
+The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
+available. A version for more recent code may be available.
+Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
+
+@uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
+
+PDF form is likewise published at:
+
+@uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
+
+@section OpenOCD User's Forum
+
+There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun:
+
+@uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
+
@node Developers
-@chapter Developers
+@chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
@cindex developers
-OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
-University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
-Others interested in improving the state of free and open debug and testing technology
-are welcome to participate.
+If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
+testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
+can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
+documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
+
+The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
+or expand the OpenOCD source code.
+
+@section OpenOCD Subversion Repository
+
+The ``Building From Source'' section provides instructions to retrieve
+and and build the latest version of the OpenOCD source code.
+@xref{Building OpenOCD}.
+
+Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
+@b{strongly} encouraged to base their work off of the most recent trunk
+revision. Patches created against older versions may require additional
+work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
+
+@section Doxygen Developer Manual
+
+During the development of the 0.2.0 release, the OpenOCD project began
+providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
+technical information about the software internals, development
+processes, and similar documentation:
-Other developers have contributed support for additional targets and flashes as well
-as numerous bugfixes and enhancements. See the AUTHORS file for regular contributors.
+@uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
-The main OpenOCD web site is available at @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
+This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
+to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
+listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the repository trunk.
-@node Building
-@chapter Building
-@cindex building OpenOCD
+@section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
+The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
+communication between developers:
+
+@uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
+
+All drivers developers are enouraged to also subscribe to the list of
+SVN commits to keep pace with the ongoing changes:
+
+@uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-svn}
+
+
+@node Building OpenOCD
+@chapter Building OpenOCD
+@cindex building
+
+@section Pre-Built Tools
If you are interested in getting actual work done rather than building
OpenOCD, then check if your interface supplier provides binaries for
you. Chances are that that binary is from some SVN version that is more
stable than SVN trunk where bleeding edge development takes place.
+@section Packagers Please Read!
+
+You are a @b{PACKAGER} of OpenOCD if you
+
+@enumerate
+@item @b{Sell dongles} and include pre-built binaries
+@item @b{Supply tools} i.e.: A complete development solution
+@item @b{Supply IDEs} like Eclipse, or RHIDE, etc.
+@item @b{Build packages} i.e.: RPM files, or DEB files for a Linux Distro
+@end enumerate
+
+As a @b{PACKAGER}, you will experience first reports of most issues.
+When you fix those problems for your users, your solution may help
+prevent hundreds (if not thousands) of other questions from other users.
+
+If something does not work for you, please work to inform the OpenOCD
+developers know how to improve the system or documentation to avoid
+future problems, and follow-up to help us ensure the issue will be fully
+resolved in our future releases.
+
+That said, the OpenOCD developers would also like you to follow a few
+suggestions:
+
+@enumerate
+@item Send patches, including config files, upstream.
+@item Always build with printer ports enabled.
+@item Use libftdi + libusb for FT2232 support.
+@end enumerate
+
+@section Building From Source
-You can download the current SVN version with SVN client of your choice from the
+You can download the current SVN version with an SVN client of your choice from the
following repositories:
- (@uref{svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk})
+ @uref{svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk}
or
- (@uref{http://svn.berlios.de/svnroot/repos/openocd/trunk})
+ @uref{http://svn.berlios.de/svnroot/repos/openocd/trunk}
Using the SVN command line client, you can use the following command to fetch the
latest version (make sure there is no (non-svn) directory called "openocd" in the
svn checkout svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd/trunk openocd
@end example
-Building OpenOCD requires a recent version of the GNU autotools.
-On my build system, I'm using autoconf 2.13 and automake 1.9. For building on Windows,
+If you prefer GIT based tools, the @command{git-svn} package works too:
+
+@example
+ git svn clone -s svn://svn.berlios.de/openocd
+@end example
+
+Building OpenOCD from a repository requires a recent version of the
+GNU autotools (autoconf >= 2.59 and automake >= 1.9).
+For building on Windows,
you have to use Cygwin. Make sure that your @env{PATH} environment variable contains no
other locations with Unix utils (like UnxUtils) - these can't handle the Cygwin
paths, resulting in obscure dependency errors (This is an observation I've gathered
You further need the appropriate driver files, if you want to build support for
a FTDI FT2232 based interface:
+
@itemize @bullet
@item @b{ftdi2232} libftdi (@uref{http://www.intra2net.com/opensource/ftdi/})
-@item @b{ftd2xx} libftd2xx (@uref{http://www.ftdichip.com/Drivers/D2XX.htm})
-@item When using the Amontec JTAGkey, you have to get the drivers from the Amontec
-homepage (@uref{www.amontec.com}), as the JTAGkey uses a non-standard VID/PID.
+@item @b{ftd2xx} libftd2xx (@uref{http://www.ftdichip.com/Drivers/D2XX.htm}),
+or the Amontec version (from @uref{http://www.amontec.com}),
+for easier support of JTAGkey's vendor and product IDs.
@end itemize
-libftdi is supported under windows. Versions earlier than 0.13 will require patching.
-see contrib/libftdi for more details.
+libftdi is supported under Windows. Do not use versions earlier than 0.14.
+To use the newer FT2232H chips, supporting RTCK and USB high speed (480 Mbps),
+you need libftdi version 0.16 or newer.
-In general, the D2XX driver provides superior performance (several times as fast),
-but has the draw-back of being binary-only - though that isn't that bad, as it isn't
-a kernel module, only a user space library.
+Some people say that FTDI's libftd2xx code provides better performance.
+However, it is binary-only, while OpenOCD is licenced according
+to GNU GPLv2 without any exceptions.
+That means that @emph{distributing} copies of OpenOCD built with
+the FTDI code would violate the OpenOCD licensing terms.
+You may, however, build such copies for personal use.
To build OpenOCD (on both Linux and Cygwin), use the following commands:
+
@example
./bootstrap
@end example
+
Bootstrap generates the configure script, and prepares building on your system.
+
@example
- ./configure
+ ./configure [options, see below]
@end example
+
Configure generates the Makefiles used to build OpenOCD.
+
@example
make
+ make install
@end example
-Make builds OpenOCD, and places the final executable in ./src/.
+
+Make builds OpenOCD, and places the final executable in ./src/, the last step, ``make install'' is optional.
The configure script takes several options, specifying which JTAG interfaces
-should be included:
+should be included (among other things):
@itemize @bullet
@item
-@option{--enable-parport}
+@option{--enable-parport} - Enable building the PC parallel port driver.
+@item
+@option{--enable-parport_ppdev} - Enable use of ppdev (/dev/parportN) for parport.
+@item
+@option{--enable-parport_giveio} - Enable use of giveio for parport instead of ioperm.
+@item
+@option{--enable-amtjtagaccel} - Enable building the Amontec JTAG-Accelerator driver.
+@item
+@option{--enable-ecosboard} - Enable building support for eCosBoard based JTAG debugger.
@item
-@option{--enable-parport_ppdev}
+@option{--enable-ioutil} - Enable ioutil functions - useful for standalone OpenOCD implementations.
@item
-@option{--enable-parport_giveio}
+@option{--enable-httpd} - Enable builtin httpd server - useful for standalone OpenOCD implementations.
@item
-@option{--enable-amtjtagaccel}
+@option{--enable-ep93xx} - Enable building support for EP93xx based SBCs.
@item
-@option{--enable-ft2232_ftd2xx}
-@footnote{Using the latest D2XX drivers from FTDI and following their installation
-instructions, I had to use @option{--enable-ft2232_libftd2xx} for OpenOCD to
-build properly.}
+@option{--enable-at91rm9200} - Enable building support for AT91RM9200 based SBCs.
@item
-@option{--enable-ft2232_libftdi}
+@option{--enable-gw16012} - Enable building support for the Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
@item
-@option{--with-ftd2xx=/path/to/d2xx/}
+@option{--enable-ft2232_ftd2xx} - Support FT2232-family chips using
+the closed-source library from FTDICHIP.COM
+(result not for re-distribution).
@item
-@option{--enable-gw16012}
+@option{--enable-ft2232_libftdi} - Support FT2232-family chips using
+a GPL'd ft2232 support library (result OK for re-distribution).
@item
-@option{--enable-usbprog}
+@option{--with-ftd2xx-win32-zipdir=PATH} - If using FTDICHIP.COM ft2232c driver,
+give the directory where the Win32 FTDICHIP.COM 'CDM' driver zip file was unpacked.
@item
-@option{--enable-presto_libftdi}
+@option{--with-ftd2xx-linux-tardir=PATH} - If using FTDICHIP.COM ft2232c driver
+on Linux, give the directory where the Linux driver's TAR.GZ file was unpacked.
@item
-@option{--enable-presto_ftd2xx}
+@option{--with-ftd2xx-lib=shared|static} - Linux only. Default: static.
+Specifies how the FTDICHIP.COM libftd2xx driver should be linked.
+Note: 'static' only works in conjunction with @option{--with-ftd2xx-linux-tardir}.
+The 'shared' value is supported, however you must manually install the required
+header files and shared libraries in an appropriate place.
@item
-@option{--enable-jlink}
+@option{--enable-presto_libftdi} - Enable building support for ASIX Presto programmer using the libftdi driver.
+@item
+@option{--enable-presto_ftd2xx} - Enable building support for ASIX Presto programmer using the FTD2XX driver.
+@item
+@option{--enable-usbprog} - Enable building support for the USBprog JTAG programmer.
+@item
+@option{--enable-oocd_trace} - Enable building support for the OpenOCD+trace ETM capture device.
+@item
+@option{--enable-jlink} - Enable building support for the Segger J-Link JTAG programmer.
+@item
+@option{--enable-vsllink} - Enable building support for the Versaloon-Link JTAG programmer.
+@item
+@option{--enable-rlink} - Enable building support for the Raisonance RLink JTAG programmer.
+@item
+@option{--enable-arm-jtag-ew} - Enable building support for the Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW programmer.
+@item
+@option{--enable-dummy} - Enable building the dummy port driver.
@end itemize
+@section Parallel Port Dongles
+
If you want to access the parallel port using the PPDEV interface you have to specify
both the @option{--enable-parport} AND the @option{--enable-parport_ppdev} option since
the @option{--enable-parport_ppdev} option actually is an option to the parport driver
(see @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewtopic.php?t=3795} for more info).
-Cygwin users have to specify the location of the FTDI D2XX package. This should be an
-absolute path containing no spaces.
+The same is true for the @option{--enable-parport_giveio} option, you have to
+use both the @option{--enable-parport} AND the @option{--enable-parport_giveio} option if you want to use giveio instead of ioperm parallel port access method.
+
+@section FT2232C Based USB Dongles
+
+There are 2 methods of using the FTD2232, either (1) using the
+FTDICHIP.COM closed source driver, or (2) the open (and free) driver
+libftdi. Some claim the (closed) FTDICHIP.COM solution is faster,
+which is the motivation for supporting it even though its licensing
+restricts it to non-redistributable OpenOCD binaries, and it is
+not available for all operating systems used with OpenOCD.
+
+The FTDICHIP drivers come as either a (win32) ZIP file, or a (Linux)
+TAR.GZ file. You must unpack them ``some where'' convient. As of this
+writing FTDICHIP does not supply means to install these
+files ``in an appropriate place''.
+As a result, there are two
+``./configure'' options that help.
+
+Below is an example build process:
+
+@enumerate
+@item Check out the latest version of ``openocd'' from SVN.
+
+@item If you are using the FTDICHIP.COM driver, download
+and unpack the Windows or Linux FTD2xx drivers
+(@uref{http://www.ftdichip.com/Drivers/D2XX.htm}).
+If you are using the libftdi driver, install that package
+(e.g. @command{apt-get install libftdi} on systems with APT).
+
+@example
+/home/duane/ftd2xx.win32 => the Cygwin/Win32 ZIP file contents
+/home/duane/libftd2xx0.4.16 => the Linux TAR.GZ file contents
+@end example
+
+@item Configure with options resembling the following.
+
+@enumerate a
+@item Cygwin FTDICHIP solution:
+@example
+./configure --prefix=/home/duane/mytools \
+ --enable-ft2232_ftd2xx \
+ --with-ftd2xx-win32-zipdir=/home/duane/ftd2xx.win32
+@end example
+
+@item Linux FTDICHIP solution:
+@example
+./configure --prefix=/home/duane/mytools \
+ --enable-ft2232_ftd2xx \
+ --with-ft2xx-linux-tardir=/home/duane/libftd2xx0.4.16
+@end example
+
+@item Cygwin/Linux LIBFTDI solution ... assuming that
+@itemize
+@item For Windows -- that the Windows port of LIBUSB is in place.
+@item For Linux -- that libusb has been built/installed and is in place.
+@item That libftdi has been built and installed (relies on libusb).
+@end itemize
+
+Then configure the libftdi solution like this:
+
+@example
+./configure --prefix=/home/duane/mytools \
+ --enable-ft2232_libftdi
+@end example
+@end enumerate
+
+@item Then just type ``make'', and perhaps ``make install''.
+@end enumerate
-Linux users should copy the various parts of the D2XX package to the appropriate
-locations, i.e. /usr/include, /usr/lib.
-Miscellaneous configure options
+@section Miscellaneous Configure Options
@itemize @bullet
@item
-@option{--enable-gccwarnings} - enable extra gcc warnings during build
+@option{--disable-option-checking} - Ignore unrecognized @option{--enable} and @option{--with} options.
+@item
+@option{--enable-gccwarnings} - Enable extra gcc warnings during build.
+Default is enabled.
+@item
+@option{--enable-release} - Enable building of an OpenOCD release, generally
+this is for developers. It simply omits the svn version string when the
+openocd @option{-v} is executed.
@end itemize
@node JTAG Hardware Dongles
@chapter JTAG Hardware Dongles
@cindex dongles
-@cindex ftdi
+@cindex FTDI
@cindex wiggler
@cindex zy1000
@cindex printer port
-@cindex usb adapter
-@cindex rtck
+@cindex USB Adapter
+@cindex RTCK
Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
an adapter .... [snip]
In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapater} one
attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. The
execption being the Zylin ZY1000 which is a small box you attach via
-an ethernet cable.
+an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
+require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
+a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
+and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
@section Choosing a Dongle
@section Stand alone Systems
@b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
-dongle, but a standalone box.
+dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
+not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
+a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
+and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
@section USB FT2232 Based
-There are many USB jtag dongles on the market, many of them are based
+There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
-known as the FTDI FT2232.
-
-See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} or @url{http://www.ftdichip.com/Products/FT2232H.htm}
-
-As of 28/Nov/2008, the following are supported:
+known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
+See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
+In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
+chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters.
@itemize @bullet
@item @b{usbjtag}
-@* Link Unknown [not easily verified]
+@* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
@item @b{jtagkey}
@* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
@item @b{oocdlink}
@item @b{signalyzer}
@* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
@item @b{evb_lm3s811}
-@* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Luminary Micro Stellaris LM3S811 eval board has an FTD2232C chip built in.
+@* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris LM3S811 eval board has an FTD2232C chip built in.
@item @b{olimex-jtag}
@* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
@item @b{flyswatter}
@* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
@item @b{turtelizer2}
-@* See: @url{http://www.ethernut.de}, or @url{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html}
+@* See:
+@uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
+@url{http://www.ethernut.de}
@item @b{comstick}
@* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
@item @b{stm32stick}
-@* Link Unknown [not easily verified]
+@* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
+@item @b{axm0432_jtag}
+@* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
+@item @b{cortino}
+@* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
@end itemize
@section USB JLINK based
@* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
@end itemize
+@section USB RLINK based
+Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item @b{Raisonance RLink}
+@* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
+@item @b{STM32 Primer}
+@* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
+@item @b{STM32 Primer2}
+@* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
+@end itemize
+
@section USB Other
@itemize @bullet
@item @b{USBprog}
@item @b{USB - Presto}
@* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
+
+@item @b{Versaloon-Link}
+@* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
+
+@item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
+@* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
@end itemize
@section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
@* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
@item @b{Wiggler2}
-@* Link: @url{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/~michaels/index.php/hardware/armjtag}
+@*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
+Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
@item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
@* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
@* Unknown.
@item @b{Lattice}
-@* From Lattice Semiconductor [link unknown]
+@* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
+@url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
@item @b{flashlink}
-@* From ST Microsystems, link:
-@url{http://www.st.com/stonline/products/literature/um/7889.pdf}
-Title: FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD
+@* From ST Microsystems;
+@uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
+FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
@end itemize
@itemize @bullet
@item @b{ep93xx}
-@* An EP93xx based linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
+@* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
@item @b{at91rm9200}
@* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
@end itemize
+@node About JIM-Tcl
+@chapter About JIM-Tcl
+@cindex JIM Tcl
+@cindex tcl
+
+OpenOCD includes a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as JIM-Tcl.
+This programming language provides a simple and extensible
+command interpreter.
+
+All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to JIM-Tcl.
+You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
+much of anything about Tcl.
+Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
+
+You can learn more about JIM at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item @b{JIM vs. Tcl}
+@* JIM-TCL is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
+which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. JIM-Tcl has far
+fewer features. JIM-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
+implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
+4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
+
+@item @b{Missing Features}
+@* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
+needed. We welcome JIM Tcl improvements, not bloat.
+
+@item @b{Scripts}
+@* OpenOCD configuration scripts are JIM Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
+command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
+JIM-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
+
+@item @b{Commands}
+@* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB mon command) one
+can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
+
+@item @b{Historical Note}
+@* JIM-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008.
+
+@item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
+@*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
+@end itemize
+
@node Running
@chapter Running
-@cindex running OpenOCD
-@cindex --configfile
-@cindex --debug_level
-@cindex --logfile
-@cindex --search
+@cindex command line options
+@cindex logfile
+@cindex directory search
The @option{--help} option shows:
@verbatim
--debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
--log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
--command | -c run <command>
+--pipe | -p use pipes when talking to gdb
@end verbatim
-By default openocd reads the file configuration file ``openocd.cfg''
+By default OpenOCD reads the file configuration file ``openocd.cfg''
in the current directory. To specify a different (or multiple)
configuration file, you can use the ``-f'' option. For example:
If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
the ``-d'' option.
-Also it is possible to interleave commands w/config scripts using the
+Also it is possible to interleave JIM-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
@option{-c} command line switch.
To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
@option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
-setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @option{debug_level
-<n>} @xref{debug_level}.
+setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
+<n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
@option{-l <logfile>} switch.
the @option{-s <search>} switch. The current directory and the OpenOCD
target library is in the search path by default.
+For details on the @option{-p} option. @xref{Connecting to GDB}.
+
Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
-@node Simple Configuration Files
-@chapter Simple Configuration Files
-@cindex configuration
+@node OpenOCD Project Setup
+@chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
+
+To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
+just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
+and then starting the OpenOCD server.
+You also need to configure that server so that it knows
+about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
+
+@section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
-@section Outline
-There are 4 basic ways of ``configurating'' openocd to run, they are:
+Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
+(such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
+and a USB cable on the other.
+Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
+older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
@enumerate
-@item A small openocd.cfg file which ``sources'' other configuration files
-@item A monolithic openocd.cfg file
-@item Many -f filename options on the command line
-@item Your Mixed Solution
+@item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
+and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
+If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
+It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
+unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
+galvanic isolation between the target board and the
+debugging host.
+
+@item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
+If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
+of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
+boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
+connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
+
+In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
+Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
+with 1.2 Volt boards.
+
+@item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
+damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
+ways to connect the cable.
+Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
+Be sure it's firmly connected.
+
+In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
+prevent you from inserting it wrong.
+This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
+housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
+If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
+make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
+Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
+edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
+
+Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
+color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
+These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
+but are tedious to set up.
+Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
+adapter signals to the right board pins.
+
+@item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
+A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
+you are using to run OpenOCD.
+For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
+
+For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
+does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter?
+
+@item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
+This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
+but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
+
+@item @emph{Power up the target board.}
+Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
+you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
+so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
+
@end enumerate
-@section Small configuration file method
+Talk with the OpenOCD server using
+telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
+@xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
+
+@section Project Directory
+
+There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
+
+A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
+single directory for your work with a given board.
+When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
+it searches there first for configuration files
+and for code you upload to the target board.
+It is also the natural place to write files,
+such as log files and data you download from the board.
-This is the prefered method, it is simple and is works well for many
-people. The developers of OpenOCD would encourage you to use this
-method. If you create a new configuration please email new
-configurations to the development list.
+@section Configuration Basics
-Here is an example of an openocd.cfg file for an ATMEL at91sam7x256
+There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
+a variety of ways you can mix them.
+Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
+
+@itemize
+@item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
+@item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
+in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
+@end itemize
+
+Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
+using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
+a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
@example
source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
-# Change the default telnet port...
-telnet_port 4444
-# GDB connects here
-gdb_port 3333
# GDB can also flash my flash!
gdb_memory_map enable
gdb_flash_program enable
source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
@end example
-There are many example configuration scripts you can work with. You
-should look in the directory: @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/lib/openocd}. You
-should find:
+Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
-@enumerate
-@item @b{board} - eval board level configurations
-@item @b{interface} - specific dongle configurations
-@item @b{target} - the target chips
-@item @b{tcl} - helper scripts
-@item @b{xscale} - things specific to the xscale.
-@end enumerate
+@example
+openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
+ -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
+ -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
+ -f target/sam7x256.cfg
+@end example
-Look first in the ``boards'' area, then the ``targets'' area. Often a board
-configuration is a good example to work from.
+You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
+each supporting a different development task.
+One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
+Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
-@section Many -f filename options
-Some believe this is a wonderful solution, others find it painful.
+Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
+file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
+to simplify your work.
-You can use a series of ``-f filename'' options on the command line,
-OpenOCD will read each filename in sequence, for example:
+@section User Config Files
+@cindex config file, user
+@cindex user config file
+@cindex config file, overview
+
+A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
+in one place.
+One of the following will match your situation best:
+
+@itemize
+@item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
+provided by someone else.
+For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
+(probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
+Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
+user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
+where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
+The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
+
+Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
+own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
+
+@enumerate
+@item @b{interface} -- one for each kind of JTAG adapter/dongle
+@item @b{board} -- one for each different board
+@item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
+@end enumerate
+
+Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
+The first is an interface config file.
+The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
+their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
+declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
+meet your deadline:
@example
- openocd -f file1.cfg -f file2.cfg -f file2.cfg
+source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
+source [find board/csb337.cfg]
@end example
-You can also intermix various commands with the ``-c'' command line
-option.
+Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
+than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
+That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
+the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
+
+@item You can often reuse some standard config files but
+need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
+You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
+and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
+
+For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
+and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
+giving access to your particular flash chips.
+Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
+for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
+
+@quotation Note
+When you write new configuration files, please submit
+them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
+For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
+next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
+will help support users of any board using that chip.
+@end quotation
+
+@item
+You may may need to write some C code.
+It may be as simple as a supporting a new new ft2232 or parport
+based dongle; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
+controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
+a new chip architecture.
+@end itemize
-@section Monolithic file
-The ``Monolithic File'' dispenses with all ``source'' statements and
-puts everything in one self contained (monolithic) file. This is not
-encouraged.
+Reuse the existing config files when you can.
+Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
+You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
-Please try to ``source'' various files or use the multiple -f
-technique.
+When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
+(things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
+from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
-@section Advice for you
-Often, one uses a ``mixed approach''. Where possible, please try to
-``source'' common things, and if needed cut/paste parts of the
-standard distribution configuration files as needed.
+For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
+the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
+early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
+that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
+Likewise, the @command{arm9tdmi vector_catch} command (or
+its @command{xscale vector_catch} sibling) can be a timesaver
+during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
+Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file.
-@b{REMEMBER:} The ``important parts'' of your configuration file are:
+TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
+is environment-specific, and should only appear in
+a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
-@enumerate
-@item @b{Interface} - Defines the dongle
-@item @b{Taps} - Defines the JTAG Taps
-@item @b{GDB Targets} - What GDB talks to
-@item @b{Flash Programing} - Very Helpful
-@end enumerate
+@section Project-Specific Utilities
-Some key things you should look at and understand are:
+A few project-specific utility
+routines may well speed up your work.
+Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
-@enumerate
-@item The RESET configuration of your debug environment as a hole
-@item Is there a ``work area'' that that OpenOCD can use?
-@* For ARM - work areas mean up to 10x faster downloads.
-@item For MMU/MPU based ARM chips (ie: ARM9 and later) will that work area still be available?
-@item For complex targets (multiple chips) the JTAG SPEED becomes an issue.
-@end enumerate
+For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
+board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
+loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
+code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
+A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
+may help:
+
+@example
+proc ramboot @{ @} @{
+ # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
+ # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
+ # Leave the CPU halted.
+ reset init
+
+ # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
+ load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
+
+ # Start running.
+ resume 0x20000000
+@}
+@end example
+
+Then once that code is working you will need to make it
+boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
+Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
+(You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
+based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
+
+@example
+proc newboot @{ @} @{
+ # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
+ # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
+ # "reset halt" would be slower.
+ reset init
+
+ # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
+ # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
+ # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
+ flash protect 0 0 1 off
+ flash erase_sector 0 0 1
+ flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
+ flash protect 0 0 1 on
+
+ # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
+ reset run
+@}
+@end example
+You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
+from NAND.
+That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
+running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
+the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
+
+Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
+involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
@node Config File Guidelines
@chapter Config File Guidelines
-This section/chapter is aimed at developers and integrators of
-OpenOCD. These are guidelines for creating new boards and new target
-configurations as of 28/Nov/2008.
-
-However, you the user of OpenOCD should be some what familiar with
-this section as it should help explain some of the internals of what
-you might be looking at.
+This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
+including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
+needs to get a new board working smoothly.
+It provides guidelines for creating those files.
-The user should find under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/lib/openocd} the
-following directories:
+You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts}:
@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{interface}
-@*Think JTAG Dongle. Files that configure the jtag dongle go here.
-@item @b{board}
-@* Thing Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
-contain initialization items that are specific to a board - for
-example: The SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
-of external flash and what address it is found at. Any initialization
-sequence to enable that external flash or sdram should be found in the
-board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets, ie: Two cpus, or
+@item @file{interface} ...
+think JTAG Dongle. Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
+@item @file{board} ...
+think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
+contain initialization items that are specific to a board. For
+example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
+of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
+sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
+board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
a CPU and an FPGA or CPLD.
-@item @b{target}
-@* Think CHIP. The ``target'' directory represents a jtag tap (or
-chip) OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
+@item @file{target} ...
+think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
+on a chip
+which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
+When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
+the target config file defines all of them.
@end itemize
-@b{If needed...} The user in their ``openocd.cfg'' file or the board
-file might override a specific feature in any of the above files by
-setting a variable or two before sourcing the target file. Or adding
-various commands specific to their situation.
+The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
+file may override features in any of the above files by
+setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
+commands specific to their situation.
@section Interface Config Files
-The user should be able to source one of these files via a command like this:
+The user config file
+should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
@example
- source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
-Or:
- openocd -f interface/FOOBAR.cfg
+source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
@end example
A preconfigured interface file should exist for every interface in use
today, that said, perhaps some interfaces have only been used by the
sole developer who created it.
-@b{FIXME/NOTE:} We need to add support for a variable like TCL variable
-tcl_platform(platform), it should be called jim_platform (because it
-is jim, not real tcl) and it should contain 1 of 3 words: ``linux'',
-``cygwin'' or ``mingw''
-
-Interface files should be found in @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/lib/openocd/interface}
+A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
+@xref{Interface - Dongle Configuration}.
+Read the OpenOCD source code if you have a new kind of hardware interface
+and need to provide a driver for it.
@section Board Config Files
+@cindex config file, board
+@cindex board config file
-@b{Note: BOARD directory NEW as of 28/nov/2008}
-
-The user should be able to source one of these files via a command like this:
+The user config file
+should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
@example
- source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
-Or:
- openocd -f board/FOOBAR.cfg
+source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
@end example
-
-The board file should contain one or more @t{source [find
-target/FOO.cfg]} statements along with any board specific things.
-
-In summery the board files should contain (if present)
+The point of a board config file is to package everything
+about a given board that user config files need to know.
+In summary the board files should contain (if present)
@enumerate
-@item External flash configuration (ie: the flash on CS0)
-@item SDRAM configuration (size, speed, etc)
-@item Board specific IO configuration (ie: GPIO pins might disable a 2nd flash)
-@item Multiple TARGET source statements
+@item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
+@item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
+@item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
+@item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
+@item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
@item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
-@item Things inside a chip go in a 'target' file
@end enumerate
-@section Target Config Files
+Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
+not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
+handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
+which it passes to target-specific utility code.
+
+The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
+@code{reset-init} event handler.
+Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
+configuration works.
+
+@subsection Communication Between Config files
+
+In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
+board and target config files communicate is by following a
+convention on how to use certain variables.
-The user should be able to source one of these files via a command like this:
+The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but JIM-Tcl does not.
+Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
+a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
+used at will within a target configuration file.
+
+Complex board config files can do the things like this,
+for a board with three chips:
@example
- source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
-Or:
- openocd -f target/FOOBAR.cfg
+# Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
+set CHIPNAME network
+set ENDIAN big
+source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
+# on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
+# other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
+$_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
+
+# Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
+set CHIPNAME video
+set ENDIAN little
+source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
+# on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
+# other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
+$_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
+
+# Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
+set CHIPNAME xilinx
+unset ENDIAN
+source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
@end example
-In summery the target files should contain
-
-@enumerate
-@item Set Defaults
-@item Create Taps
-@item Reset Configuration
-@item Work Areas
-@item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core Specific features
-@item OnChip Flash
-@end enumerate
+That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
+or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
+or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
+Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
+where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
+not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
+is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
+have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
+
+Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
+config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
+naming collisions.
+
+Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
+For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
+what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
+up other clocks and peripherals.
+
+@subsection Variable Naming Convention
+@cindex variable names
+
+Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
+However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
+one such chip (as shown above).
+Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
+variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
+to promote consistency and
+so that board files can override target defaults.
+
+Inputs to target config files include:
-@subsection Important variable names
+@itemize @bullet
+@item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
+This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
+tap identifier dotted names.
+While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
+board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
+@item @code{ENDIAN} ...
+By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
+Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
+@item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
+When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
+chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
+The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
+chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
+@end itemize
-By default, the end user should never need to set these
-variables. However, if the user needs to override a setting they only
-need to set the variable in a simple way.
+Outputs from target config files include:
@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{CHIPNAME}
-@* This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of the
-tap identifier dotted name.
-@item @b{ENDIAN}
-@* By default little - unless the chip or board is not normally used that way.
-@item @b{CPUTAPID}
-@* When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it will attempt to identify
-every chip. If the @t{-expected-id} is nonzero, OpenOCD attempts
-to verify the tap id number verses configuration file and may issue an
-error or warning like this. The hope is this will help pin point
-problem openocd configurations.
-
-@example
-Info: JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
-Error: ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
-Error: ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
-Error: ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
-@end example
-
-@item @b{_TARGETNAME}
-@* By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
+@item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
+By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
specific to that board and that target.
+If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
+@code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
+@end itemize
-If the chip has 2 targets, use the names @b{_TARGETNAME0},
-@b{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
+@subsection The reset-init Event Handler
+@cindex event, reset-init
+@cindex reset-init handler
+
+Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
+they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
+fully set up yet.
+This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
+you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
+That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
+handler is one of the most important.
+
+Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
+handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
+Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
+on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
+handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
+
+@quotation Note
+Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
+are included here.
+Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
+If you have a boot loader, its source code may also be useful.
+@end quotation
-@b{Remember:} The ``board file'' may include multiple targets.
+Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
+For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
+much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
+reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
+those as parameters.
+Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
+and disabling the watchdog.
+Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
+the next developer doing such work.
+(@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
+
+The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
+whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
+done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
+access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
+
+@subsection JTAG Clock Rate
+
+Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
+the PLLs and clocking, you may need to use
+a low JTAG clock rate; then you'd increase it later.
+(The rule of thumb for ARM-based processors is 1/8 the CPU clock.)
+If the board supports adaptive clocking, use the @command{jtag_rclk}
+command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
+also supports it. Otherwise use @command{jtag_khz}.
+Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
+and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
-At no time should the name ``target0'' (the default target name if
-none was specified) be used. The name ``target0'' is a hard coded name
-- the next target on the board will be some other number.
+@section Target Config Files
+@cindex config file, target
+@cindex target config file
-The user (or board file) should reasonably be able to:
+Board config files communicate with target config files using
+naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
+more target config files like this:
@example
- source [find target/FOO.cfg]
- $_TARGETNAME configure ... FOO specific parameters
-
- source [find target/BAR.cfg]
- $_TARGETNAME configure ... BAR specific parameters
+source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
@end example
-@end itemize
+The point of a target config file is to package everything
+about a given chip that board config files need to know.
+In summary the target files should contain
-@subsection TCL Variables Guide Line
-The Full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'' - JIM-Tcl does not.
+@enumerate
+@item Set defaults
+@item Add TAPs to the scan chain
+@item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
+@item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
+@item On-Chip flash
+@end enumerate
-Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
-a leading underscore are temporal in nature, and can be modified and
-used at will within a ?TARGET? configuration file
-
-@b{EXAMPLE:} The user should be able to do this:
-
-@example
- # Board has 3 chips,
- # PXA270 #1 network side, big endian
- # PXA270 #2 video side, little endian
- # Xilinx Glue logic
- set CHIPNAME network
- set ENDIAN big
- source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
- # variable: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
- # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" tap.
- $_TARGETNAME configure .... params for this cpu..
-
- set ENDIAN little
- set CHIPNAME video
- source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
- # variable: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
- # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" tap.
- $_TARGETNAME configure .... params for this cpu..
-
- unset ENDIAN
- set CHIPNAME xilinx
- source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
-
- # Since $_TARGETNAME is temporal..
- # these names still work!
- network.cpu configure ... params
- video.cpu configure ... params
+As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
+For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
+which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
-@end example
+More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
+config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
+can talk to the chip.
+For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
+an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
+another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
+and other processing engines.
@subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
-All target configuration files should start with this (or a modified form)
+All target configuration files should start with code like this,
+letting board config files express environment-specific
+differences in how things should be set up.
@example
-# SIMPLE example
-if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
- set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
-@} else @{
+# Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
+# but the default should match what the vendor uses
+if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
+ set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
+@} else @{
set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
@}
-if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
- set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
-@} else @{
+# ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
+if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
+ set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
+@} else @{
set _ENDIAN little
@}
+# TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
+# new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
+# can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
@} else @{
set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
@}
-
@end example
-@subsection Creating Taps
-After the ``defaults'' are choosen, [see above], the taps are created.
+@emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
+config files, or the same target file multiple times
+(changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
-@b{SIMPLE example:} such as an Atmel AT91SAM7X256
+Likewise, the target configuration file should define
+@code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
+use it later on when defining debug targets:
@example
-# for an ARM7TDMI.
-set _TARGETNAME [format "%s.cpu" $_CHIPNAME]
-jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -ircapture 0x1 -irmask 0xf -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
+set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
+target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
@end example
-@b{COMPLEX example:}
-
-This is an SNIP/example for an STR912 - which has 3 internal taps. Key features shown:
+@subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
+After the ``defaults'' are set up,
+add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
+@xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
+for taps.
-@enumerate
-@item @b{Unform tap names} - See: Tap Naming Convention
-@item @b{_TARGETNAME} is created at the end where used.
-@end enumerate
+In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
+probably for a CPU or FPGA.
+The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
+looks (in part) like this:
@example
-if @{ [info exists FLASHTAPID ] @} @{
- set _FLASHTAPID $FLASHTAPID
-@} else @{
- set _FLASHTAPID 0x25966041
-@}
-jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME flash -irlen 8 -ircapture 0x1 -irmask 0x1 -expected-id $_FLASHTAPID
-
-if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
- set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
-@} else @{
- set _CPUTAPID 0x25966041
-@}
-jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -ircapture 0xf -irmask 0xe -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
+jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -ircapture 0x1 -irmask 0xf \
+ -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
+@end example
+A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
+to source such a config file twice, with different
+values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
+it adds a different TAP each time.
-if @{ [info exists BSTAPID ] @} @{
- set _BSTAPID $BSTAPID
-@} else @{
- set _BSTAPID 0x1457f041
-@}
-jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME bs -irlen 5 -ircapture 0x1 -irmask 0x1 -expected-id $_BSTAPID
+If there are one or more nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
+OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
+It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
+can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
-set _TARGETNAME [format "%s.cpu" $_CHIPNAME]
+@example
+JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
+ (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
+ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
+ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
+ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
@end example
-@b{Tap Naming Convention}
-
-See the command ``jtag newtap'' for detail, but in breif the names you should use are:
+There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
+multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{tap}
-@item @b{cpu}
-@item @b{flash}
-@item @b{bs}
-@item @b{jrc}
-@item @b{unknownN} - it happens :-(
+@itemize
+@item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
+plus a JRC to enable them
+@item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
+@item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
+is not currently used)
@end itemize
-@subsection Reset Configuration
+@subsection Add CPU targets
-Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
-managed. If these are @b{CHIP SPECIFIC} they go here, if they are
-@b{BOARD SPECIFIC} they go in the board file.
+After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
+GDB and other commands can use it.
+@xref{CPU Configuration}.
+For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
+note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
+to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
+
+@example
+set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
+target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
+@end example
-@subsection Work Areas
+Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
+They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
+and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
+If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
+a work area if you can.
+Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
-Work areas are small RAM areas used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
-and to download small snippits of code to program flash chips.
+@example
+$_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
+ -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
+@end example
-If the chip includes an form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
-a reasonable work area and use the ``backup'' option.
+@subsection Chip Reset Setup
-@b{PROBLEMS:} On more complex chips, this ``work area'' may become
-inaccessable if/when the application code enables or disables the MMU.
+As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
+into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
+chip can be tweaked by the board.
-@subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
+Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
+managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
+and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
-If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an arm9 with some
-special high speed download - enable it.
+Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
+they're going to be used with JTAG.
+An example might be needing to send some commands right
+after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
+@code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
+register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
-If the chip has an ARM ``vector catch'' feature - by defeault enable
-it for Undefined Instructions, Data Abort, and Prefetch Abort, if the
-user is really writing a handler for those situations - they can
-easily disable it. Experiance has shown the ``vector catch'' is
-helpful - for common programing errors.
+@subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
+
+If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
+special high speed download features - enable it.
If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
+Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
+examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
+activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
+on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
+through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Tracing}.)
+If you are using an external trace port,
+configure it in your board config file.
+If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
+configure it in your target config file.
+
+@example
+etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
+etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
+@end example
+
@subsection Internal Flash Configuration
This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
@b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
-flash that is external to the chip. (For example the BOOT flash on
-Chip Select 0). The BOOT flash information goes in a board file - not
+flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
+Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
the TARGET (chip) file.
Examples:
@item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
@end itemize
-@node About JIM-Tcl
-@chapter About JIM-Tcl
-@cindex JIM Tcl
-@cindex tcl
+@node Daemon Configuration
+@chapter Daemon Configuration
+@cindex initialization
+The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
+used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
+supported.
-OpenOCD includes a small ``TCL Interpreter'' known as JIM-TCL. You can
-learn more about JIM here: @url{http://jim.berlios.de}
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{JIM vrs TCL}
-@* JIM-TCL is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
-which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. JIM-Tcl has far
-fewer features. JIM-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
-impliments the basic TCL command set along. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
-4.2MEG zip file containing 1540 files.
-
-@item @b{Missing Features}
-@* Our practice has been: Add/clone the Real TCL feature if/when
-needed. We welcome JIM Tcl improvements, not bloat.
-
-@item @b{Scripts}
-@* OpenOCD configuration scripts are JIM Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
-command interpretor today (28/nov/2008) is a mixture of (newer)
-JIM-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpretor.
-
-@item @b{Commands}
-@* At the openocd telnet command line (or via the GDB mon command) one
-can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
-
-@item @b{Historical Note}
-@* JIM-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in Spring 2008.
-
-@item @b{Need a Crash Course In TCL?}
-@* See: @xref{TCL Crash Course}.
-@end itemize
-
-
-@node Daemon Configuration
-@chapter Daemon Configuration
-The commands here are commonly found inthe openocd.cfg file and are
-used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
-supported.
-@section init
-@cindex init
-This command terminates the configuration stage and
-enters the normal command mode. This can be useful to add commands to
-the startup scripts and commands such as resetting the target,
-programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
-"reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
-command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
+@section Configuration Stage
+@cindex configuration stage
+@cindex configuration command
+
+When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
+@emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
+certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
+Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs
+and other basic setup.
+The server must leave the configuration stage before it
+may access or activate TAPs.
+After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
+longer be issued.
+
+@deffn {Config Command} init
+This command terminates the configuration stage and
+enters the normal command mode. This can be useful to add commands to
+the startup scripts and commands such as resetting the target,
+programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
+"reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
+command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
@b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
-read/write memory on your target - the init command must occur before
-the memory read/write commands.
+read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
+the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
+@end deffn
+@anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
@section TCP/IP Ports
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{telnet_port} <@var{number}>
-@cindex telnet_port
-@*Intended for a human. Port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
-
-@item @b{tcl_port} <@var{number}>
-@cindex tcl_port
-@*Intended as a machine interface. Port on which to listen for
-incoming TCL syntax. This port is intended as a simplified RPC
-connection that can be used by clients to issue commands and get the
-output from the TCL engine.
-
-@item @b{gdb_port} <@var{number}>
-@cindex gdb_port
-@*First port on which to listen for incoming GDB connections. The GDB port for the
-first target will be gdb_port, the second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
-@end itemize
+@cindex TCP port
+@cindex server
+@cindex port
+@cindex security
+The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
+Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
+only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
+
+For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
+access using one or more of these ports.
+In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
+If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
+use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
+
+@deffn {Command} gdb_port (number)
+@cindex GDB server
+Specify or query the first port used for incoming GDB connections.
+The GDB port for the
+first target will be gdb_port, the second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
+When not specified during the configuration stage,
+the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
+When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Command} tcl_port (number)
+Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
+connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
+output from the Tcl engine.
+Intended as a machine interface.
+When not specified during the configuration stage,
+the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
+When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Command} telnet_port (number)
+Specify or query the
+port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
+This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
+When not specified during the configuration stage,
+the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
+When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
+@end deffn
+
+@anchor{GDB Configuration}
+@section GDB Configuration
+@cindex GDB
+@cindex GDB configuration
+You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
+The ones listed here are static and global.
+@xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
+@xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
-@section GDB Items
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{gdb_breakpoint_override} <@var{hard|soft|disabled}>
-@cindex gdb_breakpoint_override
@anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
-@*Force breakpoint type for gdb 'break' commands.
-The raison d'etre for this option is to support GDB GUI's without
-a hard/soft breakpoint concept where the default OpenOCD and
-GDB behaviour is not sufficient. Note that GDB will use hardware
+@deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
+Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
+This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
+distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
+GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
+@end deffn
-This option replaces older arm7_9 target commands that addressed
-the same issue.
-
-@item @b{gdb_detach} <@var{resume|reset|halt|nothing}>
-@cindex gdb_detach
-@*Configures what OpenOCD will do when gdb detaches from the daeman.
-Default behaviour is <@var{resume}>
-
-@item @b{gdb_memory_map} <@var{enable|disable}>
-@cindex gdb_memory_map
-@*Set to <@var{enable}> to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to gdb when
-requested. gdb will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
-using the gdb load command. @option{gdb_flash_program enable} will also need enabling
-for flash programming to work.
-Default behaviour is <@var{enable}>
-@xref{gdb_flash_program}.
+@deffn {Config command} gdb_detach (@option{resume}|@option{reset}|@option{halt}|@option{nothing})
+Configures what OpenOCD will do when GDB detaches from the daemon.
+Default behaviour is @option{resume}.
+@end deffn
-@item @b{gdb_flash_program} <@var{enable|disable}>
-@cindex gdb_flash_program
@anchor{gdb_flash_program}
-@*Set to <@var{enable}> to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
+@deffn {Config command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
+Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
vFlash packet is received.
-Default behaviour is <@var{enable}>
-@comment END GDB Items
-@end itemize
+The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
+@end deffn
-@node Interface - Dongle Configuration
-@chapter Interface - Dongle Configuration
-Interface commands are normally found in an interface configuration
-file which is sourced by your openocd.cfg file. These commands tell
-OpenOCD what type of JTAG dongle you have and how to talk to it.
-@section Simple Complete Interface Examples
-@b{A Turtelizer FT2232 Based JTAG Dongle}
-@verbatim
-#interface
-interface ft2232
-ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter A"
-ft2232_layout turtelizer2
-ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
-@end verbatim
-@b{A SEGGER Jlink}
-@verbatim
-# jlink interface
-interface jlink
-@end verbatim
-@b{Parallel Port}
-@verbatim
-interface parport
-parport_port 0xc8b8
-parport_cable wiggler
-jtag_speed 0
-@end verbatim
-@section Interface Conmmand
+@deffn {Config command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
+Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
+requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
+using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
+for flash programming to work.
+Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
+@xref{gdb_flash_program}.
+@end deffn
-The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of jtag dongle you are
-using. Depending upon the type of dongle, you may need to have one or
-more additional commands.
+@deffn {Config command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
+Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
+by GDB memory read packets.
+The default behaviour is @option{disable};
+use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
+@end deffn
-@itemize @bullet
+@anchor{Event Polling}
+@section Event Polling
-@item @b{interface} <@var{name}>
-@cindex interface
-@*Use the interface driver <@var{name}> to connect to the
-target. Currently supported interfaces are
+Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
+where significant events can happen at any time.
+The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
+so it can report them to through TCL command line
+or to GDB.
-@itemize @minus
+Examples of such events include:
-@item @b{parport}
-@* PC parallel port bit-banging (Wigglers, PLD download cable, ...)
+@itemize
+@item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
+a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
+@item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
+targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
+for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
+@item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
+@item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
+can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
+including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
+@item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
+such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
+or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
+@end itemize
-@item @b{amt_jtagaccel}
-@* Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration connected to a PC's EPP
-mode parallel port
+None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
+However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
+level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
+Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
+can imply events when those signals are inputs.
+
+In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
+either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
+or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
+to the various active targets.
+There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
+which is normally done in the background.
+
+@deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
+Poll the current target for its current state.
+(Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
+If that target is in debug mode, architecture
+specific information about the current state is printed.
+An optional parameter
+allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
+
+You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
+from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
+@example
+> poll
+background polling: on
+target state: halted
+target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
+ current mode: Supervisor
+cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
+MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
+>
+@end example
+@end deffn
-@item @b{ft2232}
-@* FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices using either the open-source libftdi or the binary only
-FTD2XX driver. The FTD2XX is superior in performance, but not available on every
-platform. The libftdi uses libusb, and should be portable to all systems that provide
-libusb.
+@node Interface - Dongle Configuration
+@chapter Interface - Dongle Configuration
+@cindex config file, interface
+@cindex interface config file
-@item @b{ep93xx}
-@*Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
+JTAG Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
+through commands in an interface configuration
+file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
+through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
-@item @b{presto}
-@* ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
+@example
+source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
+@end example
-@item @b{usbprog}
-@* usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
+These commands tell
+OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
+A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
-@item @b{gw16012}
-@* Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
+@example
+# jlink interface
+interface jlink
+@end example
-@item @b{jlink}
-@* Segger jlink usb adapter
-@comment - End parameters
-@end itemize
-@comment - End Interface
-@end itemize
-@subsection parport options
+Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{parport_port} <@var{number}>
-@cindex parport_port
-@*Either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of
-the @file{/dev/parport} device
-When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
-@option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
-you may encounter a problem.
-@item @b{parport_cable} <@var{name}>
-@cindex parport_cable
-@*The layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
-Currently supported cables are
-@itemize @minus
-@item @b{wiggler}
-@cindex wiggler
-The original Wiggler layout, also supported by several clones, such
-as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
-@item @b{wiggler2}
-@cindex wiggler2
-Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
-@item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
-@cindex wiggler_ntrst_inverted
-Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
-@item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
-@cindex old_amt_wiggler
-The Wiggler configuration that comes with Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new
-version available from the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
-@item @b{chameleon}
-@cindex chameleon
-The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated in configuration mode. This is only used to
-program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
-@item @b{dlc5}
-@cindex dlc5
-The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
-@item @b{triton}
-@cindex triton
-The parallel port adapter found on the 'Karo Triton 1 Development Board'.
-This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
-(see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
-@item @b{flashlink}
-@cindex flashlink
-The ST Parallel cable.
-@item @b{arm-jtag}
-@cindex arm-jtag
-Same as original wiggler except SRST and TRST connections reversed and
-TRST is also inverted.
-@item @b{altium}
-@cindex altium
-Altium Universal JTAG cable.
-@end itemize
-@item @b{parport_write_on_exit} <@var{on}|@var{off}>
-@cindex parport_write_on_exit
-@*This will configure the parallel driver to write a known value to the parallel
-interface on exiting OpenOCD
-@end itemize
+@section Interface Configuration
-@subsection amt_jtagaccel options
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{parport_port} <@var{number}>
-@cindex parport_port
-@*Either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the
-@file{/dev/parport} device
-@end itemize
-@subsection ft2232 options
+The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of JTAG dongle you are
+using. Depending on the type of dongle, you may need to have one or
+more additional commands.
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{ft2232_device_desc} <@var{description}>
-@cindex ft2232_device_desc
-@*The USB device description of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
+@deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
+Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
+target.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {interface_list}
+List the interface drivers that have been built into
+the running copy of OpenOCD.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {jtag interface}
+Returns the name of the interface driver being used.
+@end deffn
+
+@section Interface Drivers
+
+Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
+enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
+available at run time.
+
+@deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
+Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
+connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
+This defines some driver-specific commands:
+
+@deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
+Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
+the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
+Displays status of RTCK option.
+Optionally sets that option first.
+@end deffn
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
+Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
+This has one driver-specific command:
+
+@deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
+Logs some status
+@end deffn
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
+Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
+presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
+and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
+@c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
+@c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
+A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
+Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
+FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
+These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
+before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
+
+@deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
+Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
+of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
if compiled with FTD2XX support.
-
-@b{TODO:} Confirm the following: On windows the name needs to end with
-a ``space A''? Or not? It has to do with the FTD2xx driver. When must
-this be added and when must it not be added? Why can't the code in the
-interface or in openocd automatically add this if needed? -- Duane.
-
-@item @b{ft2232_serial} <@var{serial-number}>
-@cindex ft2232_serial
-@*The serial number of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI default
-values are used.
-@item @b{ft2232_layout} <@var{name}>
-@cindex ft2232_layout
-@*The layout of the FT2232 GPIO signals used to control output-enables and reset
-signals. Valid layouts are
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
+Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
+in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
+is connected to the host.
+If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
+Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
+to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
+Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
@itemize @minus
-@item @b{usbjtag}
-"USBJTAG-1" layout described in the original OpenOCD diploma thesis
-@item @b{jtagkey}
-Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-tiny
-@item @b{signalyzer}
-Signalyzer
-@item @b{olimex-jtag}
-Olimex ARM-USB-OCD
-@item @b{m5960}
-American Microsystems M5960
-@item @b{evb_lm3s811}
-Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface (not onboard processor), no TRST or
-SRST signals on external connector
-@item @b{comstick}
-Hitex STR9 comstick
-@item @b{stm32stick}
-Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
-@item @b{flyswatter}
-Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
-@item @b{turtelizer2}
-egnite Software turtelizer2
-@item @b{oocdlink}
-OOCDLink
+@item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
+@item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
+@item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
+@item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
+either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
+or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
+@item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
+@item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
+@item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
+@item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
+@item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
+@item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
+@c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
+@item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
+@item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
+@item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
+@item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
+@item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
@end itemize
+@end deffn
-@item @b{ft2232_vid_pid} <@var{vid}> <@var{pid}>
-@*The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
-default values are used. Multiple <@var{vid}>, <@var{pid}> pairs may be given, eg.
+@deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
+The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
+default values are used.
+Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
@example
ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
@end example
-@item @b{ft2232_latency} <@var{ms}>
-@*On some systems using ft2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
+On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
-FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packages but it
+FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
-The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
-@end itemize
+The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
+@end deffn
-@subsection ep93xx options
-@cindex ep93xx options
-Currently, there are no options available for the ep93xx interface.
+For example, the interface config file for a
+Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
-@section JTAG Speed
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{jtag_khz} <@var{reset speed kHz}>
-@cindex jtag_khz
+@example
+interface ft2232
+ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
+ft2232_layout turtelizer2
+ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
+@end example
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
+Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
+This has one driver-specific command:
+
+@deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
+Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
+the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
+@end deffn
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
+Segger jlink USB adapter
+@c command: jlink_info
+@c dumps status
+@c command: jlink_hw_jtag (2|3)
+@c sets version 2 or 3
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
+Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
+Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
+These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
+before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
+
+@deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
+The layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
+Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
-It is debatable if this command belongs here - or in a board
-configuration file. In fact, in some situations the jtag speed is
-changed during the target initialization process (ie: (1) slow at
-reset, (2) program the cpu clocks, (3) run fast)
+@itemize @minus
+@item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
+@item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
+TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
+@item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
+in configuration mode. This is only used to
+program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
+@item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
+@item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
+@item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
+@item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
+some versions of
+Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
+the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
+@item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
+``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
+This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
+(see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
+@item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
+several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
+@item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
+@item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
+@end itemize
+@end deffn
-Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method. A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
+@deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
+Either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of
+the @file{/dev/parport} device
-Not all interfaces support ``rtck''. If the interface device can not
-support the rate asked for, or can not translate from kHz to
-jtag_speed, then an error is returned.
+When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
+@option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
+you may encounter a problem.
+@end deffn
-Make sure the jtag clock is no more than @math{1/6th × CPU-Clock}. This is
-especially true for synthesized cores (-S). Also see RTCK.
+@deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (on|off)
+This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
+cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD
+@end deffn
-@b{NOTE: Script writers} If the target chip requires/uses RTCK -
-please use the command: 'jtag_rclk FREQ'. This TCL proc (in
-startup.tcl) attempts to enable RTCK, if that fails it falls back to
-the specified frequency.
+For example, the interface configuration file for a
+classic ``Wiggler'' cable might look something like this:
@example
- # Fall back to 3mhz if RCLK is not supported
- jtag_rclk 3000
+interface parport
+parport_port 0xc8b8
+parport_cable wiggler
@end example
+@end deffn
-@item @b{DEPRICATED} @b{jtag_speed} - please use jtag_khz above.
-@cindex jtag_speed
-@*Limit the maximum speed of the JTAG interface. Usually, a value of zero means maximum
-speed. The actual effect of this option depends on the JTAG interface used.
+@deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
+ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
+@c command: presto_serial str
+@c sets serial number
+@end deffn
-The speed used during reset can be adjusted using setting jtag_speed during
-pre_reset and post_reset events.
-@itemize @minus
+@deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
+Raisonance RLink USB adapter
+@end deffn
-@item wiggler: maximum speed / @var{number}
-@item ft2232: 6MHz / (@var{number}+1)
-@item amt jtagaccel: 8 / 2**@var{number}
-@item jlink: maximum speed in kHz (0-12000), 0 will use RTCK
-@comment end speed list.
-@end itemize
+@deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
+usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
+@end deffn
-@comment END command list
-@end itemize
+@deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
+vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
+
+@quotation Note
+This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
+which are not currently documented here.
+@end quotation
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
+This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
+
+@quotation Note
+This defines some driver-specific commands,
+which are not currently documented here.
+@end quotation
+
+@deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
+Turn power switch to target on/off.
+No arguments: print status.
+@end deffn
+
+@end deffn
+
+@anchor{JTAG Speed}
+@section JTAG Speed
+JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
+It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
+only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
+Sometimes the JTAG speed is
+changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
+reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
+Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
+oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
+power management software that may be active.
+
+The speed used during reset can be adjusted using pre_reset
+and post_reset event handlers.
+@xref{Target Events}.
+
+If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
+JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
+However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
+may not be the fastest solution.
+
+@b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
+instead of @command{jtag_khz}.
+
+@deffn {Command} jtag_khz max_speed_kHz
+A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
+JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
+speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
+than the speed specified.
+
+As a rule of thumb, if you specify a clock rate make
+sure the JTAG clock is no more than @math{1/6th CPU-Clock}.
+This is especially true for synthesized cores (ARMxxx-S).
+
+Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
+@xref{FAQ RTCK}.
+If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
+JTAG clocking after setup.
+Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
+If the interface device can not
+support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
+@end deffn
+
+@defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
+@cindex RTCK
+This Tcl proc (defined in startup.tcl) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
+If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
+support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
+@example
+# Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
+jtag_rclk 3000
+@end example
+@end defun
@node Reset Configuration
@chapter Reset Configuration
-@cindex reset configuration
+@cindex Reset Configuration
Every system configuration may require a different reset
-configuration. This can also be quite confusing. Please see the
-various board files for example.
-
-@section jtag_nsrst_delay <@var{ms}>
-@cindex jtag_nsrst_delay
-@*How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
-nSRST before starting new JTAG operations.
-
-@section jtag_ntrst_delay <@var{ms}>
-@cindex jtag_ntrst_delay
-@*Same @b{jtag_nsrst_delay}, but for nTRST
-
-The jtag_n[st]rst_delay options are useful if reset circuitry (like a
-big resistor/capacitor, reset supervisor, or on-chip features). This
-keeps the signal asserted for some time after the external reset got
-deasserted.
-
-@section reset_config
-
-@b{Note:} To maintainer types and integrators. Where exactly the
-``reset configuration'' goes is a good question. It touches several
-things at once. In the end, if you have a board file - the board file
-should define it and assume 100% that the DONGLE supports
-anything. However, that does not mean the target should not also make
-not of something the silicon vendor has done inside the
-chip. @i{Grr.... nothing is every pretty.}
-
-@* @b{Problems:}
-@enumerate
-@item Every JTAG Dongle is slightly different, some dongles impliment reset differently.
-@item Every board is also slightly different; some boards tie TRST and SRST together.
-@item Every chip is slightly different; some chips internally tie the two signals together.
-@item Some may not impliment all of the signals the same way.
-@item Some signals might be push-pull, others open-drain/collector.
-@end enumerate
-@b{Best Case:} OpenOCD can hold the SRST (push-button-reset), then
-reset the TAP via TRST and send commands through the JTAG tap to halt
-the CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed,
-and finally release the SRST signal.
-@*Depending upon your board vendor, your chip vendor, etc, these
-signals may have slightly different names.
-
-OpenOCD defines these signals in these terms:
+configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
+Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
+which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
+JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
+They can also interact with JTAG routers.
+Please see the various board files for examples.
+
+@quotation Note
+To maintainers and integrators:
+Reset configuration touches several things at once.
+Normally the board configuration file
+should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
+everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
+
+However, the target configuration file could also make note
+of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
+which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
+And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
+user configuration file will need to override parts of
+the reset configuration provided by other files.
+@end quotation
+
+@section Types of Reset
+
+There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
+they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
+That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
+
@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{TRST} - is Tap Reset - and should reset only the TAP.
-@item @b{SRST} - is System Reset - typically equal to a reset push button.
+@item
+@emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
+resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
+power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
+with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
+@item
+@emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
+just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
+Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
+device's the TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
+@item
+@emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
+commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
+resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
+or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
+@item
+@emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
+several other types of reset.
+You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
+while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
+There may be individual module resets.
@end itemize
-The Command:
+In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
+the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
+CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
+Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
+halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
+This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
+and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
+board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
+(@xref{Reset Command}.)
+
+@anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
+@section SRST and TRST Issues
+
+Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
+variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
+common issues are:
@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{reset_config} <@var{signals}> [@var{combination}] [@var{trst_type}] [@var{srst_type}]
-@cindex reset_config
-@* The @t{reset_config} command tells OpenOCD the reset configuration
-of your combination of Dongle, Board, and Chips.
-If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the target doesn't connect
-that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it. <@var{signals}> can
-be @option{none}, @option{trst_only}, @option{srst_only} or
-@option{trst_and_srst}.
-
-[@var{combination}] is an optional value specifying broken reset
-signal implementations. @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
-testlogic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. Philips
+
+@item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
+SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
+support such signals even if they are wired up.
+Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
+when either of those signals is not connected.
+When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
+on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
+Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG level resets can
+be triggered using with TMS signaling.
+
+@item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
+adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
+Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
+when those signals aren't properly independent.
+
+@item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
+delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
+the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
+stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
+requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
+certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
+hardware debouncing.
+Use the @command{jtag_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
+commands to say when extra delays are needed.
+
+@item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
+resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
+signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
+to use push/pull output drivers.
+Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
+signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
+Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
+@var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
+
+@item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
+special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
+issues (not limited to errata).
+For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
+the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
+but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
+(@xref{JTAG Commands}, where the @command{jtag_reset}
+command is presented.)
+@end itemize
+
+There can also be other issues.
+Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
+Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
+SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
+There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
+their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
+Agreement (NDA).
+
+Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
+the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
+don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
+
+In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
+needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
+
+@section Commands for Handling Resets
+
+@deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_delay milliseconds
+How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
+nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
+When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
+probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
+How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
+nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
+This command tells OpenOCD the reset configuration
+of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
+configuration scripts.
+
+Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
+the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
+As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
+describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
+or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
+from a particular combination of interface and board.
+(An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
+with a board that only wires up SRST.)
+
+The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
+of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination}, @var{trst_type},
+and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
+If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
+value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
+For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
+TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
+it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
+
+@var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
+For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
+connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
+Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
+@option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
+
+@quotation Tip
+If your board provides SRST or TRST through the JTAG connector,
+you must declare that or else those signals will not be used.
+@end quotation
+
+The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
+signal implementations.
+The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
+indicating everything behaves normally.
+@option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
+test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. Philips
LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
-@option{combined} imples both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
-@option{trst_pulls_srst}. The default behaviour if no option given is
-@option{separate}.
-
-The [@var{trst_type}] and [@var{srst_type}] parameters allow the
-driver type of the reset lines to be specified. Possible values are
-@option{trst_push_pull} (default) and @option{trst_open_drain} for the
-test reset signal, and @option{srst_open_drain} (default) and
-@option{srst_push_pull} for the system reset. These values only affect
-JTAG interfaces with support for different drivers, like the Amontec
-JTAGkey and JTAGAccelerator.
-
-@comment - end command
-@end itemize
+@option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
+@option{trst_pulls_srst}.
+The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
+driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
+JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
+JTAGkey and JTAGAccelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
+relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
+Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
+are @option{trst_push_pull} (default) and @option{trst_open_drain}.
+Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
+never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
-@node Tap Creation
-@chapter Tap Creation
-@cindex tap creation
-@cindex tap configuration
+Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
+are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
+Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
+signal to be pulled low by various events including system
+powerup and pressing a reset button.
+@end deffn
-In order for OpenOCD to control a target, a JTAG tap must be
-defined/created.
-Commands to create taps are normally found in a configuration file and
-are not normally typed by a human.
+@node TAP Declaration
+@chapter TAP Declaration
+@cindex TAP declaration
+@cindex TAP configuration
-When a tap is created a @b{dotted.name} is created for the tap. Other
-commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or refer to the tap.
+@emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
+TAPs serve many roles, including:
-Tap Uses:
@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{Debug Target} A tap can be used by a GDB debug target
-@item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash via JTAG
-@item @b{Boundry Scan} Some chips support boundry scan.
+@item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
+@item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
+Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
+@item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
+you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
+start running that code.
+@item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
+helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
+and missing connections
@end itemize
+OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
+Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
+Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
+which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
+probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
+
+@section Scan Chains
+@cindex scan chain
+
+TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
+which is daisy chain of TAPs.
+They also need to be added to
+OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
+giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
+Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
+systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
+More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
+Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
+several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
+to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
+
+You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
+(Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
+command, presented in the next chapter.
+That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
+debugging targets.)
+Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
-@section jtag newtap
-@b{@t{jtag newtap CHIPNAME TAPNAME configparams ....}}
-@cindex jtag_device
-@cindex jtag newtap
-@cindex tap
-@cindex tap order
-@cindex tap geometry
+@verbatim
+ TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask Instr
+-- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------ -----
+ 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0 0 0x...
+ 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x1 0 0xc
+ 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0 0 0xff
+@end verbatim
+
+Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
+because not all devices provide good support for that.
+JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
+chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
+until they are told to do so.
+
+The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
+requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
+@command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
+A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
-@comment START options
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{CHIPNAME}
-@* is a symbolic name of the chip.
-@item @b{TAPNAME}
-@* is a symbol name of a tap present on the chip.
-@item @b{Required configparams}
-@* Every tap has 3 required configparams, and several ``optional
-parameters'', the required parameters are:
-@comment START REQUIRED
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{-irlen NUMBER} - the length in bits of the instruction register
-@item @b{-ircapture NUMBER} - the ID code capture command.
-@item @b{-irmask NUMBER} - the corrisponding mask for the ir register.
-@comment END REQUIRED
-@end itemize
-An example of a FOOBAR Tap
@example
-jtag newtap foobar tap -irlen 7 -ircapture 0x42 -irmask 0x55
+jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 7 -ircapture 0x01 -irmask 0x55
@end example
-Creates the tap ``foobar.tap'' with the instruction register (IR) is 7
-bits long, during Capture-IR 0x42 is loaded into the IR, and bits
-[6,4,2,0] are checked.
-FIXME: The IDCODE - this was not used in the old code, it should be?
-Right? -Duane.
-@item @b{Optional configparams}
-@comment START Optional
+Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
+by a given chip.
+Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
+and so forth.
+Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
+It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
+a single chip and between them.
+@xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
+
+For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
+three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
+document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
+28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
+@url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
+To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
+includes commands something like this:
+
+@example
+jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
+jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
+jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
+@end example
+
+Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
+@option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
+@xref{Config File Guidelines}.
+
+At this writing there is only a single command to work with
+scan chains, and there is no support for enumerating
+TAPs or examining their attributes.
+
+@deffn Command {scan_chain}
+Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
+and their status.
+The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
+exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
+but systems with a JTAG router can
+enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
+In addition to the enable/disable status, the contents of
+each TAP's instruction register can also change.
+@end deffn
+
+@c FIXME! there should be commands to enumerate TAPs
+@c and get their attributes, like there are for targets.
+@c "jtag cget ..." will handle attributes.
+@c "jtag names" for enumerating TAPs, maybe.
+
+@c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
+@c (on entry to RESET state).
+
+@section TAP Names
+@cindex dotted name
+
+When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
+a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
+name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
+For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
+@code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
+Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
+refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
+name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
+
+The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
+name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
+and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
+
+@quotation Tip
+In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
+This feature is still present.
+However its use is highly discouraged, and
+should not be counted upon.
+Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers.
+Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
+reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
+@end quotation
+
+@section TAP Declaration Commands
+
+@c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
+@anchor{jtag newtap}
+@deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
+Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
+and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
+
+The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
+Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
+defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
+overridable.
+
+@cindex TAP naming convention
+The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
+and should follow this convention:
+
@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{-expected-id NUMBER}
-@* By default it is zero. If non-zero represents the
-expected tap ID used when the Jtag Chain is examined. See below.
-@item @b{-disable}
-@item @b{-enable}
-@* By default not specified the tap is enabled. Some chips have a
-jtag route controller (JRC) that is used to enable and/or disable
-specific jtag taps. You can later enable or disable any JTAG tap via
-the command @b{jtag tapenable DOTTED.NAME} or @b{jtag tapdisable
-DOTTED.NAME}
-@comment END Optional
+@item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
+@item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
+@code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
+@code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
+@item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
+@item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
+@item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
+on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
+@item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
+with a single TAP;
+@item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
+@item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
+For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
+a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
@end itemize
-@comment END OPTIONS
-@end itemize
-@b{Notes:}
-@comment START NOTES
+Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
+
@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{Technically}
-@* newtap is a sub command of the ``jtag'' command
-@item @b{Big Picture Background}
-@*GDB Talks to OpenOCD using the GDB protocol via
-tcpip. OpenOCD then uses the JTAG interface (the dongle) to
-control the JTAG chain on your board. Your board has one or more chips
-in a @i{daisy chain configuration}. Each chip may have one or more
-jtag taps. GDB ends up talking via OpenOCD to one of the taps.
-@item @b{NAME Rules}
-@*Names follow ``C'' symbol name rules (start with alpha ...)
-@item @b{TAPNAME - Conventions}
+@item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
+@*The IDCODE capture command, such as 0x01.
+@item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
+@*The length in bits of the
+instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
+@item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
+@*A mask for the IR register.
+For some devices, there are bits in the IR that aren't used.
+This lets OpenOCD mask them off when doing IDCODE comparisons.
+In general, this should just be all ones for the size of the IR.
+@end itemize
+
+A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
+
@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{tap} - should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices with a single tap.
-@item @b{cpu} - the main cpu of the chip, alternatively @b{foo.arm} and @b{foo.dsp}
-@item @b{flash} - if the chip has a flash tap, example: str912.flash
-@item @b{bs} - for boundary scan if this is a seperate tap.
-@item @b{jrc} - for jtag route controller (example: OMAP3530 found on Beagleboards)
-@item @b{unknownN} - where N is a number if you have no idea what the tap is for
-@item @b{Other names} - Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (smart dma) with a JTAG tap, that tap should be called the ``sdma'' tap.
-@item @b{When in doubt} - use the chip makers name in their data sheet.
+@item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
+@*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
+linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
+or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
+You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
+(the TAP is linked in).
+@xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
+@item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
+@*A non-zero value represents the expected 32-bit IDCODE
+found when the JTAG chain is examined.
+These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
+@emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
+ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
@end itemize
-@item @b{DOTTED.NAME}
-@* @b{CHIPNAME}.@b{TAPNAME} creates the tap name, aka: the
-@b{Dotted.Name} is the @b{CHIPNAME} and @b{TAPNAME} combined with a
-dot (period); for example: @b{xilinx.tap}, @b{str912.flash},
-@b{omap3530.jrc}, or @b{stm32.cpu} The @b{dotted.name} is used in
-numerous other places to refer to various taps.
-@item @b{ORDER}
-@* The order this command appears via the config files is
-important.
-@item @b{Multi Tap Example}
-@* This example is based on the ST Microsystems STR912. See the ST
-document titled: @b{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
-28/102, Figure 3: Jtag chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
-
-@url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}
-@*@b{checked: 28/nov/2008}
-
-The diagram shows the TDO pin connects to the flash tap, flash TDI
-connects to the CPU debug tap, CPU TDI connects to the boundary scan
-tap which then connects to the TDI pin.
-
-@example
- # The order is...
- # create tap: 'str912.flash'
- jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
- # create tap: 'str912.cpu'
- jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
- # create tap: 'str912.bs'
- jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
-@end example
-
-@item @b{Note: Deprecated} - Index Numbers
-@* Prior to 28/nov/2008, JTAG taps where numbered from 0..N this
-feature is still present, however its use is highly discouraged and
-should not be counted upon.
-@item @b{Multiple chips}
-@* If your board has multiple chips, you should be
-able to @b{source} two configuration files, in the proper order, and
-have the taps created in the proper order.
-@comment END NOTES
+@end deffn
+
+@c @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
+@c ... more or less "init" ?
+
+@anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
+@section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
+@cindex TAP events
+@cindex JTAG Route Controller
+@cindex jrc
+
+In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
+is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
+Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
+an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
+Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
+
+A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
+told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
+has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
+be visible.
+Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
+ignores, such as:
+
+@itemize
+@item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
+@item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
+TAPs receive new instructions.
+@item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
+power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
@end itemize
-@comment at command level
-@comment DOCUMENT old command
-@section jtag_device - REMOVED
+
+The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
+as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
+However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
+does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
+
+@c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
+@c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
+@c (b) eventually non-event configuration should be possible,
+@c in which case some this documentation must move.
+
+@deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
+@deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
+At this writing this mechanism is used only for event handling,
+and the only two events relate to TAP enabling and disabling.
+
+The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
+a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
+The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
+The two possible values for an event @var{name}
+are @option{tap-disable} and @option{tap-enable}.
+
+So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
+a JTAG router, you should define TAP event handlers using
+code that looks something like this:
+
@example
-@b{jtag_device} <@var{IR length}> <@var{IR capture}> <@var{IR mask}> <@var{IDCODE instruction}>
+jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
+ echo "Enabling CPU TAP"
+ ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
+@}
+jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
+ echo "Disabling CPU TAP"
+ ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
+@}
@end example
-@cindex jtag_device
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
+@deffnx Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
+@deffnx Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
+These three commands all return the string "1" if the tap
+specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
+and "0" if it is disbabled.
+The @command{tapenable} variant first enables the tap
+by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
+The @command{tapdisable} variant first disables the tap
+by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
+
+@quotation Note
+Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
+than the script-oriented @command{tapisenabled}
+for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
+@end quotation
+@end deffn
+
+@node CPU Configuration
+@chapter CPU Configuration
+@cindex GDB target
+
+This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
+You can also access these targets without GDB
+(@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
+and @ref{Target State handling}) and
+through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
+If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
+
+We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
+then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
+
+@section Target List
+@cindex target, current
+@cindex target, list
+
+All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
+where each member has a name.
+That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
+You can display the list with the @command{targets}
+(plural!) command.
+This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
+look like with more than one:
+@verbatim
+ TargetName Type Endian TapName State
+-- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
+ 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
+ 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
+@end verbatim
+
+One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
+is implicitly referenced by many commands.
+It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
+In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
+space seen by that current target.
+Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
+and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
+are examples; and there are many more.
+
+Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
-@* @b{Removed: 28/nov/2008} This command has been removed and replaced
-by the ``jtag newtap'' command. The documentation remains here so that
-one can easily convert the old syntax to the new syntax. About the old
-syntax: The old syntax is positional, ie: The 4th parameter is the
-``irmask'' The new syntax requires named prefixes, and supports
-additional options, for example ``-irmask 4'' Please refer to the
-@b{jtag newtap} command for deails.
+@deffn Command {target count}
+Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
+The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
@example
-OLD: jtag_device 8 0x01 0x0e3 0xfe
-NEW: jtag newtap CHIPNAME TAPNAME -irlen 8 -ircapture 0xe3 -irmask 0xfe
+set c [target count]
+for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
+ # Assuming you have created this function
+ print_target_details $x
+@}
@end example
+@end deffn
-@section Enable/Disable Taps
-@b{Note:} These commands are intended to be used as a machine/script
-interface. Humans might find the ``scan_chain'' command more helpful
-when querying the state of the JTAG taps.
+@deffn Command {target current}
+Returns the name of the current target.
+@end deffn
-@b{By default, all taps are enabled}
+@deffn Command {target names}
+Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
+@example
+foreach t [target names] @{
+ puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
+@}
+@end example
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {target number} number
+The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
+This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
+@example
+set thename [target number $x]
+puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
+@end example
+@end deffn
+
+@c yep, "target list" would have been better.
+@c plus maybe "target setdefault".
+
+@deffn Command targets [name]
+@emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
+command names are singular.}
+
+With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
+targets in a user friendly form.
+
+With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
+the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
+only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
+@end deffn
+
+@section Target CPU Types and Variants
+@cindex target type
+@cindex CPU type
+@cindex CPU variant
+
+Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
+the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
+when calling @command{target create}.
+The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
+It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
+what kind of debug support it integrates,
+whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
+what core-specific commands may be available
+(@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
+and more.
+
+For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
+indicate differences that affect their handling.
+For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
+worked around in some chip versions.
+
+It's easy to see what target types are supported,
+since there's a command to list them.
+However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
+are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
+
+@anchor{target types}
+@deffn Command {target types}
+Lists all supported target types.
+At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{jtag tapenable} @var{DOTTED.NAME}
-@item @b{jtag tapdisable} @var{DOTTED.NAME}
-@item @b{jtag tapisenabled} @var{DOTTED.NAME}
+@item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
+@item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core
+@item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
+@item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv5 core
+@item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core
+@item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
+@item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
+@item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
+(Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
+@item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core
+@item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
+compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
+@itemize @minus
+@item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
+This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
+SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
+This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
+be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
@end itemize
-@cindex tap enable
-@cindex tap disable
-@cindex JRC
-@cindex route controller
+@item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
+@item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
+@item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
+@itemize @minus
+@item @code{ejtag_srst} ... Use this when debugging targets that do not
+provide a functional SRST line on the EJTAG connector. This causes
+OpenOCD to instead use an EJTAG software reset command to reset the
+processor.
+You still need to enable @option{srst} on the @command{reset_config}
+command to enable OpenOCD hardware reset functionality.
+@end itemize
+@item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
+not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
+There are several variants defined:
+@itemize @minus
+@item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
+@code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
+@item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
+@code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
+@end itemize
+@end itemize
+@end deffn
+
+To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
+this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
+(See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
+The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
+licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
+Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
+reflect design generations;
+while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
+reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
+
+@anchor{Target Configuration}
+@section Target Configuration
+
+Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
+When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
+which is used to set up the CPU support.
+The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
+right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
+
+Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
+use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
+optional parts.
+All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
+command, created as part of target creation.
+
+The two main things to configure after target creation are
+a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
+if the board setup code overrides them later;
+and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
+to be much more board-specific.
+The key steps you use might look something like this
-These commands are used when your target has a JTAG Route controller
-that effectively adds or removes a tap from the jtag chain in a
-non-standard way.
+@example
+target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
+$MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
+$MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
+$MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
+@end example
-The ``standard way'' to remove a tap would be to place the tap in
-bypass mode. But with the advent of modern chips, this is not always a
-good solution. Some taps operate slowly, others operate fast, and
-there are other JTAG clock syncronization problems one must face. To
-solve that problem, the JTAG Route controller was introduced. Rather
-then ``bypass'' the tap, the tap is completely removed from the
-circuit and skipped.
+You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
+on-chip SRAM.
+Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
+writes to target memory;
+flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
+GDB memory checksumming;
+and more.
+
+@quotation Warning
+On more complex chips, the work area can become
+inaccessible when application code
+(such as an operating system)
+enables or disables the MMU.
+For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
+address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
+easy access to other addresses needed.
+At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
+@end quotation
+It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
+For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
+common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
+controllers.
+That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
+in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
+external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
-From OpenOCDs view point, a JTAG TAP is in one of 3 states:
+@deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
+This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
+It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
+command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
+purposes including additional configuration.
@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{Enabled - Not In ByPass} and has a variable bit length
-@item @b{Enabled - In ByPass} and has a length of exactly 1 bit.
-@item @b{Disabled} and has a length of ZERO and is removed from the circuit.
+@item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
+By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
+of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
+using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
+
+This name is also used to create the target object command,
+referred to here as @command{$target_name},
+and in other places the target needs to be identified.
+@item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
+@item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
+@command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
+If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
+If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
+
+You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
@end itemize
+@end deffn
-The IEEE JTAG definition has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap.
-@b{Historical note:} this feature was added 28/nov/2008
+@deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
+The options accepted by this command may also be
+specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
+Their values can later be queried one at a time by
+using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
-@b{jtag tapisenabled DOTTED.NAME}
+@emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
+For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
+and changing its endianness or variant.
-This command return 1 if the named tap is currently enabled, 0 if not.
-This command exists so that scripts that manipulate a JRC (like the
-Omap3530 has) can determine if OpenOCD thinks a tap is presently
-enabled, or disabled.
-
-@page
-@node Target Configuration
-@chapter Target Configuration
+@itemize @bullet
-This chapter discusses how to create a GDB Debug Target. Before
-creating a ``target'' a JTAG Tap DOTTED.NAME must exist first.
+@item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
+used to access this target.
-@section targets [NAME]
-@b{Note:} This command name is PLURAL - not singular.
+@item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
+whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
-With NO parameter, this pural @b{targets} command lists all known
-targets in a human friendly form.
+@item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
+@xref{Target Events}.
+Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
+Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
+two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
+same event name assigns only one handler.
-With a parameter, this pural @b{targets} command sets the current
-target to the given name. (ie: If there are multiple debug targets)
+@item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
+which OpenOCD needs to know about.
-Example:
-@verbatim
-(gdb) mon targets
- CmdName Type Endian ChainPos State
--- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- ----------
- 0: target0 arm7tdmi little 0 halted
-@end verbatim
+@item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
+whether the work area gets backed up; by default, it doesn't.
+When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
+since performing a backup slows down operations.
-@section target COMMANDS
-@b{Note:} This command name is SINGULAR - not plural. It is used to
-manipulate specific targets, to create targets and other things.
+@item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify/set the work area
-Once a target is created, a TARGETNAME (object) command is created;
-see below for details.
+@item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
+base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
-The TARGET command accepts these sub-commands:
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{create} .. parameters ..
-@* creates a new target, See below for details.
-@item @b{types}
-@* Lists all supported target types (perhaps some are not yet in this document).
-@item @b{names}
-@* Lists all current debug target names, for example: 'str912.cpu' or 'pxa27.cpu' example usage:
-@verbatim
- foreach t [target names] {
- puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
- }
-@end verbatim
-@item @b{current}
-@* Returns the current target. OpenOCD always has, or refers to the ``current target'' in some way.
-By default, commands like: ``mww'' (used to write memory) operate on the current target.
-@item @b{number} @b{NUMBER}
-@* Internally OpenOCD maintains a list of targets - in numerical index
-(0..N-1) this command returns the name of the target at index N.
-Example usage:
-@verbatim
- set thename [target number $x]
- puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
-@end verbatim
-@item @b{count}
-@* Returns the number of targets known to OpenOCD (see number above)
-Example:
-@verbatim
- set c [target count]
- for { set x 0 } { $x < $c } { incr x } {
- # Assuming you have created this function
- print_target_details $x
- }
-@end verbatim
+@item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
+base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
@end itemize
+@end deffn
+
+@section Other $target_name Commands
+@cindex object command
+
+The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
+and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
+
+A good Tk example is a on screen button.
+Once a button is created a button
+has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
+class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
+configure it like this:
-@section TARGETNAME (object) commands
-@b{Use:} Once a target is created, an ``object name'' that represents the
-target is created. By convention, the target name is identical to the
-tap name. In a multiple target system, one can preceed many common
-commands with a specific target name and effect only that target.
@example
- str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
- omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
+# Create
+button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
+# Modify
+.foobar configure -foreground blue
+# Query
+set x [.foobar cget -background]
+# Report
+puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
@end example
-@b{Model:} The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands. A
-good example is a on screen button, once a button is created a button
-has a name (a path in TK terms) and that name is useable as a 1st
-class command. For example in TK, one can create a button and later
-configure it like this:
+In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
+button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
@example
- # Create
- button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
- # Modify
- .foobar configure -foreground blue
- # Query
- set x [.foobar cget -background]
- # Report
- puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
+str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
+omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
@end example
-
-In OpenOCDs terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
-button. Commands avaialble as a ``target object'' are:
-@comment START targetobj commands.
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{configure} - configure the target; see Target Config/Cget Options below
-@item @b{cget} - query the target configuration; see Target Config/Cget Options below
-@item @b{curstate} - current target state (running, halt, etc)
-@item @b{eventlist}
-@* Intended for a human to see/read the currently configure target events.
-@item @b{Various Memory Commands} See the ``mww'' command elsewhere.
-@comment start memory
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{mww} ...
-@item @b{mwh} ...
-@item @b{mwb} ...
-@item @b{mdw} ...
-@item @b{mdh} ...
-@item @b{mdb} ...
-@comment end memory
-@end itemize
-@item @b{Memory To Array, Array To Memory}
-@* These are aimed at a machine interface to memory
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{mem2array ARRAYNAME WIDTH ADDRESS COUNT}
-@item @b{array2mem ARRAYNAME WIDTH ADDRESS COUNT}
-@* Where:
-@* @b{ARRAYNAME} is the name of an array variable
-@* @b{WIDTH} is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
-@* @b{ADDRESS} is the target memory address
-@* @b{COUNT} is the number of elements to process
+The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
+
+@deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
+@deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
+@deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
+@deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
+@deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
+Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
+use these to deal with specific reset cases.
+They are not otherwise documented here.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
+@deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
+These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
+The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
+while @code{mem2array} reads them.
+In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
+the target side uses raw memory.
+
+The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
+bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
+The script orientation comes from working with data
+values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
+@command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
+and neither store nor return those values.
+
+@itemize
+@item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
+@item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
+@item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
+@item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
@end itemize
-@item @b{Used during ``reset''}
-@* These commands are used internally by the OpenOCD scripts to deal
-with odd reset situations and are not documented here.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
+Each configuration parameter accepted by
+@command{$target_name configure}
+can be individually queried, to return its current value.
+The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
+accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
+There are a few special cases:
+
@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{arp_examine}
-@item @b{arp_poll}
-@item @b{arp_reset}
-@item @b{arp_halt}
-@item @b{arp_waitstate}
-@end itemize
-@item @b{invoke-event} @b{EVENT-NAME}
-@* Invokes the specific event manually for the target
+@item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
+event named @var{event_name}.
+This is a special case because setting a handler requires
+two parameters.
+@item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
+This is a special case because this is set using
+@command{target create} and can't be changed
+using @command{$target_name configure}.
@end itemize
-@section Target Events
-At various times, certian things happen, or you want to happen.
+For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
+all the targets you might use something like this:
-Examples:
+@example
+for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < [target count] @} @{ incr x @} @{
+ set name [target number $x]
+ set y [$name cget -endian]
+ set z [$name cget -type]
+ puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
+ $x $name $y $z]
+@}
+@end example
+@end deffn
+
+@anchor{target curstate}
+@deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
+Displays the current target state:
+@code{debug-running},
+@code{halted},
+@code{reset},
+@code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
+(Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
+Displays a table listing all event handlers
+currently associated with this target.
+@xref{Target Events}.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
+Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
+(This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
+code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
+@deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
+@deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
+Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
+32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
+or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
+If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
+(If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
+see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
+@deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
+@deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
+Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
+@var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
+at the specified address @var{addr}.
+@end deffn
+
+@anchor{Target Events}
+@section Target Events
+@cindex events
+At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
+For example:
@itemize @bullet
@item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
@item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
-@item During reset, do you need to write to certian memory locations to reconfigure the SDRAM?
+@item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
+to set up system clocks or
+to reconfigure the SDRAM?
@end itemize
-All of the above items are handled by target events.
-
-To specify an event action, either during target creation, or later
-via ``$_TARGETNAME configure'' see this example.
-
-Syntactially, the option is: ``-event NAME BODY'' where NAME is a
-target event name, and BODY is a tcl procedure or string of commands
-to execute.
+All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
+These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
+@command{target create ... -event}.
-The programers model is the: ``-command'' option used in Tcl/Tk
-buttons and events. Below are two identical examples, the first
-creates and invokes small procedure. The second inlines the procedure.
+The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
+buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
+and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
@example
- proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
- puts "RESET...."
- reset halt
- @}
- mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
- mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{ puts "Reset..." ; reset halt @}
+proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
+ echo "Reset..."
+ reset halt
+@}
+mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
+mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
+ echo "Reset..."
+ reset halt
+@}
@end example
-Current Events
+The following target events are defined:
@itemize @bullet
@item @b{debug-halted}
-@* The target has halted for debug reasons (ie: breakpoint)
+@* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
@item @b{debug-resumed}
-@* The target has resumed (ie: gdb said run)
+@* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
@item @b{early-halted}
@* Occurs early in the halt process
+@ignore
@item @b{examine-end}
@* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
@item @b{examine-start}
@* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
+@end ignore
@item @b{gdb-attach}
@* When GDB connects
@item @b{gdb-detach}
@* When GDB disconnects
@item @b{gdb-end}
-@* When the taret has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
+@* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
@item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
@* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
@item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
@item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
@* After GDB writes to the flash
@item @b{gdb-start}
-@* Before the taret steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the tarfget
+@* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
@item @b{halted}
@* The target has halted
+@ignore
@item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
@* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
@item @b{old-pre_resume}
@* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
+@end ignore
@item @b{reset-assert-pre}
-@* Before reset is asserted on the tap.
+@* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
+after SRST and/or TRST were activated and deactivated,
+but before reset is asserted on the tap.
@item @b{reset-assert-post}
-@* Reset is now asserted on the tap.
+@* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
+when reset is asserted on the tap.
@item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
-@* Reset is about to be released on the tap
+@* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
+when reset is about to be released on the tap.
+
+For some chips, this may be a good place to make sure
+the JTAG clock is slow enough to work before the PLL
+has been set up to allow faster JTAG speeds.
@item @b{reset-deassert-post}
-@* Reset has been released on the tap
+@* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
+when reset has been released on the tap.
@item @b{reset-end}
-@* Currently not used.
+@* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
+@ignore
@item @b{reset-halt-post}
-@* Currently not usd
+@* Currently not used
@item @b{reset-halt-pre}
@* Currently not used
+@end ignore
@item @b{reset-init}
-@* Currently not used
+@* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
+This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
+
+This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
+you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
+multiplexing, and so on.
@item @b{reset-start}
-@* Currently not used
+@* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
+before either SRST or TRST are activated.
+@ignore
@item @b{reset-wait-pos}
@* Currently not used
@item @b{reset-wait-pre}
@* Currently not used
+@end ignore
@item @b{resume-start}
@* Before any target is resumed
@item @b{resume-end}
@* After all targets have resumed
@item @b{resume-ok}
-@* Success
-@item @b{resumed}
-@* Target has resumed
-@end itemize
-
-
-@section target create
-@cindex target
-@cindex target creation
-
-@example
-@b{target} @b{create} <@var{NAME}> <@var{TYPE}> <@var{PARAMS ...}>
-@end example
-@*This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
-@comment START params
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{NAME}
-@* Is the name of the debug target. By convention it should be the tap
-DOTTED.NAME, this name is also used to create the target object
-command.
-@item @b{TYPE}
-@* Specifies the target type, ie: arm7tdmi, or cortexM3. Currently supported targes are:
-@comment START types
-@itemize @minus
-@item @b{arm7tdmi}
-@item @b{arm720t}
-@item @b{arm9tdmi}
-@item @b{arm920t}
-@item @b{arm922t}
-@item @b{arm926ejs}
-@item @b{arm966e}
-@item @b{cortex_m3}
-@item @b{feroceon}
-@item @b{xscale}
-@item @b{arm11}
-@item @b{mips_m4k}
-@comment end TYPES
-@end itemize
-@item @b{PARAMS}
-@*PARAMs are various target configure parameters, the following are manditory
-at configuration.
-@comment START manditory
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{-endian big|little}
-@item @b{-chain-position DOTTED.NAME}
-@comment end MANDITORY
-@end itemize
-@comment END params
-@end itemize
-
-@section Target Config/Cget Options
-These options can be specified when the target is created, or later
-via the configure option or to query the target via cget.
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{-type} - returns the target type
-@item @b{-event NAME BODY} see Target events
-@item @b{-work-area-virt [ADDRESS]} specify/set the work area
-@item @b{-work-area-phys [ADDRESS]} specify/set the work area
-@item @b{-work-area-size [ADDRESS]} specify/set the work area
-@item @b{-work-area-backup [0|1]} does the work area get backed up
-@item @b{-endian [big|little]}
-@item @b{-variant [NAME]} some chips have varients openocd needs to know about
-@item @b{-chain-position DOTTED.NAME} the tap name this target refers to.
-@end itemize
-Example:
-@example
- for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < [target count] @} @{ incr x @} @{
- set name [target number $x]
- set y [$name cget -endian]
- set z [$name cget -type]
- puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" $x $y $z]
- @}
-@end example
-
-@section Target Varients
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{arm7tdmi}
-@* Unknown (please write me)
-@item @b{arm720t}
-@* Unknown (please write me) (simular to arm7tdmi)
-@item @b{arm9tdmi}
-@* Varients: @option{arm920t}, @option{arm922t} and @option{arm940t}
-This enables the hardware single-stepping support found on these
-cores.
-@item @b{arm920t}
-@* None.
-@item @b{arm966e}
-@* None (this is also used as the ARM946)
-@item @b{cortex_m3}
-@* use variant <@var{-variant lm3s}> when debugging luminary lm3s targets. This will cause
-openocd to use a software reset rather than asserting SRST to avoid a issue with clearing
-the debug registers. This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest, these revisions will
-be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
-@item @b{xscale}
-@* Supported variants are @option{ixp42x}, @option{ixp45x}, @option{ixp46x},@option{pxa250}, @option{pxa255}, @option{pxa26x}.
-@item @b{arm11}
-@* Supported variants are @option{arm1136}, @option{arm1156}, @option{arm1176}
-@item @b{mips_m4k}
-@* Use variant @option{ejtag_srst} when debugging targets that do not
-provide a functional SRST line on the EJTAG connector. This causes
-openocd to instead use an EJTAG software reset command to reset the
-processor. You still need to enable @option{srst} on the reset
-configuration command to enable openocd hardware reset functionality.
-@comment END varients
+@* Success
+@item @b{resumed}
+@* Target has resumed
@end itemize
-@section working_area - Command Removed
-@cindex working_area
-@*@b{Please use the ``$_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-... parameters instead}
-@* This documentation remains because there are existing scripts that
-still use this that need to be converted.
-@example
- working_area target# address size backup| [virtualaddress]
-@end example
-@* The target# is a the 0 based target numerical index.
-This command specifies a working area for the debugger to use. This
-may be used to speed-up downloads to target memory and flash
-operations, or to perform otherwise unavailable operations (some
-coprocessor operations on ARM7/9 systems, for example). The last
-parameter decides whether the memory should be preserved
-(<@var{backup}>) or can simply be overwritten (<@var{nobackup}>). If
-possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up, as
-performing a backup slows down operation.
-@node Flash Configuration
-@chapter Flash Programing
-@cindex Flash Configuration
+@node Flash Commands
+@chapter Flash Commands
-@b{Note:} As of 28/nov/2008 OpenOCD does not know how to program a SPI
-flash that a micro may boot from. Perhaps you the reader would like to
-contribute support for this.
+OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
+the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
+the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
+This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
+NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
+while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
+used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
+However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
+for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
Flash Steps:
@enumerate
-@item Configure via the command @b{flash bank}
-@* Normally this is done in a configuration file.
-@item Operate on the flash via @b{flash SOMECOMMAND}
+@item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
+@* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
+passing parameters as needed by the driver.
+@item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
@* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
-via a script in some automated way. For example: To program the boot
-flash on your board.
+via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
+boot loader, operating system, or other data.
@item GDB Flashing
@* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
-bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled. See the Daemon
-configuration section for more details.
+bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
+@xref{GDB Configuration}.
@end enumerate
-@section Flash commands
-@cindex Flash commands
-@subsection flash banks
-@b{flash banks}
-@cindex flash banks
-@*List configured flash banks
-@*@b{NOTE:} the singular form: 'flash bank' is used to configure the flash banks.
-@subsection flash info
-@b{flash info} <@var{num}>
-@cindex flash info
-@*Print info about flash bank <@option{num}>
-@subsection flash probe
-@b{flash probe} <@var{num}>
-@cindex flash probe
-@*Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
-depends on the flash type.
-@subsection flash erase_check
-@b{flash erase_check} <@var{num}>
-@cindex flash erase_check
-@*Check erase state of sectors in flash bank <@var{num}>. This is the only operation that
-updates the erase state information displayed by @option{flash info}. That means you have
-to issue an @option{erase_check} command after erasing or programming the device to get
-updated information.
-@subsection flash protect_check
-@b{flash protect_check} <@var{num}>
-@cindex flash protect_check
-@*Check protection state of sectors in flash bank <num>.
-@option{flash erase_sector} using the same syntax.
-@subsection fash erase_sector
-@b{flash erase_sector} <@var{num}> <@var{first}> <@var{last}>
-@cindex flash erase_sector
+Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
+This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
+so that it can't boot.
+JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
+board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
+
+@anchor{NOR Configuration}
+@section Flash Configuration Commands
+@cindex flash configuration
+
+@deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
+Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
+for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
+These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
+In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
+see the driver-specific documentation.
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
+associated with the flash bank being declared.
+This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
+the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
+@xref{Flash Driver List}.
+@item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
+@item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
+For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
+@item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
+ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
+@item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
+chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
+@item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
+commands to the flash controller.
+@comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
+@item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
+additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
+for more information.
+@end itemize
+@quotation Note
+This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
+Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
+@end quotation
+@end deffn
+
+@comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
+@comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
+@deffn Command {flash banks}
+Prints a one-line summary of each device declared
+using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
+Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
+the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {flash probe} num
+Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
+depends on the flash type.
+The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
+Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
+flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
+but most don't bother.
+@end deffn
+
+@section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
+@cindex flash erasing
+@cindex flash reading
+@cindex flash writing
+@cindex flash programming
+
+One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
+is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
+This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
+@command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
+@xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
+
+Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
+before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
+writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
+for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
+of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
+
+@quotation Note
+Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
+chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
+JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
+back to a flash bank.
+@comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
+@comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
+A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
+and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
+Avoid confusing the two command models.
+@end quotation
+
+Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
+since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
+For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
+disabled first.
+Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
+and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
+@xref{flash protect}.
+
@anchor{flash erase_sector}
-@*Erase sectors at bank <@var{num}>, starting at sector <@var{first}> up to and including
-<@var{last}>. Sector numbering starts at 0. Depending on the flash type, erasing may
-require the protection to be disabled first (e.g. Intel Advanced Bootblock flash using
-the CFI driver).
-@subsection flash erase_address
-@b{flash erase_address} <@var{address}> <@var{length}>
-@cindex flash erase_address
-@*Erase sectors starting at <@var{address}> for <@var{length}> bytes
-@subsection flash write_bank
-@b{flash write_bank} <@var{num}> <@var{file}> <@var{offset}>
-@cindex flash write_bank
+@deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
+Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first} up to and including
+@var{last}. Sector numbering starts at 0.
+The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {flash erase_address} address length
+Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
+The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
+the specified length must stay within that bank.
+As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
+the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
+@deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
+@deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
+Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
+@var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
+starting at @var{address} and continuing
+for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
+No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
+before issuing this command.
+Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
+verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
+The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
+each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
+@end deffn
+@comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
+
@anchor{flash write_bank}
-@*Write the binary <@var{file}> to flash bank <@var{num}>, starting at
-<@option{offset}> bytes from the beginning of the bank.
-@subsection flash write_image
-@b{flash write_image} [@var{erase}] <@var{file}> [@var{offset}] [@var{type}]
-@cindex flash write_image
+@deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
+Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
+starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
+The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
+@end deffn
+
@anchor{flash write_image}
-@*Write the image <@var{file}> to the current target's flash bank(s). A relocation
-[@var{offset}] can be specified and the file [@var{type}] can be specified
-explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex), @option{elf}
-(ELF file) or @option{s19} (Motorola s19). Flash memory will be erased prior to programming
+@deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] filename [offset] [type]
+Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
+A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
+to the base address for each section in the image.
+The file [@var{type}] can be specified
+explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
+@option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
+@option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
+The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
if the @option{erase} parameter is given.
-@subsection flash protect
-@b{flash protect} <@var{num}> <@var{first}> <@var{last}> <@option{on}|@option{off}>
-@cindex flash protect
-@*Enable (@var{on}) or disable (@var{off}) protection of flash sectors <@var{first}> to
-<@var{last}> of @option{flash bank} <@var{num}>.
+The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
+each image segment.
+@end deffn
+
+@section Other Flash commands
+@cindex flash protection
+
+@deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
+Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
+and display that status.
+The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
+This is the only operation that
+updates the erase state information displayed by @option{flash info}. That means you have
+to issue an @command{flash erase_check} command after erasing or programming the device
+to get updated information.
+(Code execution may have invalidated any state records kept by OpenOCD.)
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {flash info} num
+Print info about flash bank @var{num}
+The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
+The information includes per-sector protect status.
+@end deffn
+
+@anchor{flash protect}
+@deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (on|off)
+Enable (@var{on}) or disable (@var{off}) protection of flash sectors
+@var{first} to @var{last} of flash bank @var{num}.
+The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {flash protect_check} num
+Check protection state of sectors in flash bank @var{num}.
+The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
+@comment @option{flash erase_sector} using the same syntax.
+@end deffn
+
+@anchor{Flash Driver List}
+@section Flash Drivers, Options, and Commands
+As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
+and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
+Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
+
+@subsection External Flash
+
+@deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
+@cindex Common Flash Interface
+@cindex CFI
+The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
+external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
+specific external chip select on the CPU.
+Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
+Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
+configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
+configure a bus and its timings) , or
+perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
+on the flash chip.
+The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
+speed up operation.
-@subsection mFlash commands
-@cindex mFlash commands
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{mflash probe}
-@cindex mflash probe
-Probe mflash.
-@item @b{mflash write} <@var{num}> <@var{file}> <@var{offset}>
-@cindex mflash write
-Write the binary <@var{file}> to mflash bank <@var{num}>, starting at
-<@var{offset}> bytes from the beginning of the bank.
-@item @b{mflash dump} <@var{num}> <@var{file}> <@var{offset}> <@var{size}>
-@cindex mflash dump
-Dump <size> bytes, starting at <@var{offset}> bytes from the beginning of the <@var{num}> bank
-to a <@var{file}>.
+The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
+
+@itemize
+@item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
+like AM29LV010 and similar types.
+@item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
@end itemize
-@section flash bank command
-The @b{flash bank} command is used to configure one or more flash chips (or banks in openocd terms)
+To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
+wide on a sixteen bit bus:
@example
-@b{flash bank} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}>
-<@var{bus_width}> <@var{target#}> [@var{driver_options ...}]
+flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
+flash bank cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
@end example
-@cindex flash bank
-@*Configures a flash bank at <@var{base}> of <@var{size}> bytes and <@var{chip_width}>
-and <@var{bus_width}> bytes using the selected flash <driver>.
+@end deffn
-@subsection External Flash - cfi options
-@cindex cfi options
-CFI flash are external flash chips - often they are connected to a
-specific chip select on the micro. By default at hard reset most
-micros have the ablity to ``boot'' from some flash chip - typically
-attached to the chips CS0 pin.
+@subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
-For other chip selects: OpenOCD does not know how to configure, or
-access a specific chip select. Instead you the human might need to via
-other commands (like: mww) configure additional chip selects, or
-perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
-on the FLASH chip.
+@deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
+The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from ST Micro
+include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
+The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
+The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
+since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
+
+@example
+flash bank aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
+@end example
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
+@cindex at91sam3
+All members of the AT91SAM3 (cortex-M3) microcontroller family from
+atmel include internal flash and use the Cortex-M3 core. The driver
+currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
+that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
+AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
+the family where cribbed from the data sheet [Note to future
+readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
+chips are confirmed].
+
+The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have 2 flash banks, the other chips
+(3U[1/2][E/C]) have 1 flash bank, in all cases the flash banks are at
+the following fixed locations.
+
+@example
+# Flash bank 0 - all chips
+flash bank at91sam3 0x000080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
+# Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
+flash bank at91sam3 0x000100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
+@end example
-@b{flash bank cfi} <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}>
-<@var{target#}> [@var{jedec_probe}|@var{x16_as_x8}]
-@*CFI flashes require the number of the target they're connected to as an additional
-argument. The CFI driver makes use of a working area (specified for the target)
-to significantly speed up operation.
+Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows:
-@var{chip_width} and @var{bus_width} are specified in bytes.
+@itemize
+@item @var{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
+@item @var{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
+@item @var{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
+@item @var{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
+@item @var{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
+@end itemize
+
+The AT91SAM3 driver adds an additional command:
+
+@deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set|clear|show all|NUMBER}
+This command allows you to set, clear, or show the state of the GPNVM bits.
+@end deffn
-The @var{jedec_probe} option is used to detect certain non-CFI flash roms, like AM29LV010 and similar types.
+@deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
+This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
+chip. @b{First} it read the @var{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
+Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
+document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @b{Second} it reads the
+various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
+believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
+be 32768 Hz, see the command @b{at91sam3 slowclk}.
+@end deffn
-@var{x16_as_x8} ???
+@deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk [VALUE]}
+This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
+@b{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
+@end deffn
-@subsection Internal Flash (Micro Controllers)
-@subsubsection lpc2000 options
-@cindex lpc2000 options
+@end deffn
-@b{flash bank lpc2000} <@var{base}> <@var{size}> 0 0 <@var{target#}> <@var{variant}>
-<@var{clock}> [@var{calc_checksum}]
-@*LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified. Additional
-parameters are the <@var{variant}>, which may be @var{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
-or @var{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx), the number
-of the target this flash belongs to (first is 0), the frequency at which the core
-is currently running (in kHz - must be an integral number), and the optional keyword
-@var{calc_checksum}, telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception
-vector table.
+@deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
+All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
+internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
+recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
+register, and autoconfigures itself.
+@end deffn
-@subsubsection at91sam7 options
-@cindex at91sam7 options
+@example
+flash bank at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
+@end example
-@b{flash bank at91sam7} 0 0 0 0 <@var{target#}>
-@*AT91SAM7 flashes only require the @var{target#}, all other values are looked up after
-reading the chip-id and type.
+For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
+provide additional parameters in the following order:
+
+@itemize
+@item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
+@item @var{banks}
+@item @var{sectors_per_bank}
+@item @var{pages_per_sector}
+@item @var{pages_size}
+@item @var{num_nvm_bits}
+@item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
+optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
+@end itemize
-@subsubsection str7 options
-@cindex str7 options
+It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
+except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
+will be autoconfigured.
+Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
+
+The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
+basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
+However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
+plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
+@command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
+
+@deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (set|clear)
+Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatle Memory'' (GPNVM)
+bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
+used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
+are not truly general purpose).
+@quotation Note
+This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
+the appropriate at91sam7 target.
+@end quotation
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Flash Driver} avr
+The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
+@emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
+@comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
+@emph{No idea what this is...}
+The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
+the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
+and executed.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
+Most members of the LPC2000 microcontroller family from NXP
+include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
+The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
+which must appear in the following order:
-@b{flash bank str7x} <@var{base}> <@var{size}> 0 0 <@var{target#}> <@var{variant}>
-@*variant can be either STR71x, STR73x or STR75x.
+@itemize
+@item @var{variant} ... required, may be
+@var{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
+or @var{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
+@item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
+at which the core is running
+@item @var{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
+telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
+@end itemize
-@subsubsection str9 options
-@cindex str9 options
+LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
-@b{flash bank str9x} <@var{base}> <@var{size}> 0 0 <@var{target#}>
-@*The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured prior to Flash programming, eg.
@example
-str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
+flash bank lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
+ lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
@end example
-This will setup the BBSR, NBBSR, BBADR and NBBADR registers respectively.
+@end deffn
-@subsubsection str9 options (str9xpec driver)
+@deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
+The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
+support from its lpc2000 siblings.
+The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
+the programming clock rate in Hz.
+LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
-@b{flash bank str9xpec} <@var{base}> <@var{size}> 0 0 <@var{target#}>
-@*Before using the flash commands the turbo mode will need enabling using str9xpec
-@option{enable_turbo} <@var{num>.}
+@example
+flash bank lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
+@end example
+@end deffn
-Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
-Use the standard str9 driver for programming. @xref{STR9 specific commands}.
+@deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
+@emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
-@subsubsection stellaris (LM3Sxxx) options
-@cindex stellaris (LM3Sxxx) options
+@example
+flash bank ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
+@end example
+@end deffn
-@b{flash bank stellaris} <@var{base}> <@var{size}> 0 0 <@var{target#}>
-@*stellaris flash plugin only require the @var{target#}.
+@deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
+The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
+and integrate flash memory.
+@emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
+
+@example
+flash bank pix32mx 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
+@end example
-@subsubsection stm32x options
-@cindex stm32x options
+@comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
+@comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
+@comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
+@comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
+Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
+@deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
+Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
+in the specified chip @var{bank}.
+@end deffn
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
+All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
+Texas Instruments
+include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
+The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
+the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
+@footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
+That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
+standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
-@b{flash bank stm32x} <@var{base}> <@var{size}> 0 0 <@var{target#}>
-@*stm32x flash plugin only require the @var{target#}.
+@example
+flash bank stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
+@end example
+@end deffn
-@subsubsection aduc702x options
-@cindex aduc702x options
+@deffn {Flash Driver} stm32x
+All members of the STM32 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
+include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
+The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
+the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
-@b{flash bank aduc702x} <@var{base}> <@var{size}> 0 0 <@var{target#}>
-@*aduc702x flash plugin require the flash @var{base}, @var{size} and @var{target#}.
+@example
+flash bank stm32x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
+@end example
-@subsection mFlash configuration
-@cindex mFlash configuration
-@b{mflash bank} <@var{soc}> <@var{base}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}>
-<@var{RST pin}> <@var{WP pin}> <@var{DPD pin}> <@var{target #}>
-@cindex mflash bank
-@*Configures a mflash for <@var{soc}> host bank at
-<@var{base}>. <@var{chip_width}> and <@var{bus_width}> are bytes
-order. Pin number format is dependent on host GPIO calling convention.
-If WP or DPD pin was not used, write -1. Currently, mflash bank
-support s3c2440 and pxa270.
+Some stm32x-specific commands
+@footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32x mass_erase} command.
+That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
+standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
+are defined:
+
+@deffn Command {stm32x lock} num
+Locks the entire stm32 device.
+The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {stm32x unlock} num
+Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
+The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {stm32x options_read} num
+Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
+the @command{stm32x options_write} command.
+The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {stm32x options_write} num (SWWDG|HWWDG) (RSTSTNDBY|NORSTSTNDBY) (RSTSTOP|NORSTSTOP)
+Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
+The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
+@end deffn
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
+All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
+include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
+The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
+which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
-(ex. of s3c2440) mflash <@var{RST pin}> is GPIO B1, <@var{WP pin}> and <@var{DPD pin}> are not used.
@example
-mflash bank s3c2440 0x10000000 2 2 1b -1 -1 0
+flash bank str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
@end example
-(ex. of pxa270) mflash <@var{RST pin}> is GPIO 43, <@var{DPD pin}> is not used and <@var{DPD pin}> is GPIO 51.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
+Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
+include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
+The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
+the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
+
@example
-mflash bank pxa270 0x08000000 2 2 43 -1 51 0
+flash bank str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
+str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
@end example
-@section Micro Controller Specific Flash Commands
+@deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
+Configures the str9 flash controller.
+The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
-@subsection AT91SAM7 specific commands
-@cindex AT91SAM7 specific commands
-The flash configuration is deduced from the chip identification register. The flash
-controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/265 byte) basis so erase is
-not necessary for flash programming. AT91SAM7 processors with less than 512K flash
-only have a single flash bank embedded on chip. AT91SAM7xx512 have two flash planes
-that can be erased separatly. Only an EraseAll command is supported by the controller
-for each flash plane and this is called with
@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{flash erase} <@var{num}> @var{first_plane} @var{last_plane}
-@*bulk erase flash planes first_plane to last_plane.
-@item @b{at91sam7 gpnvm} <@var{num}> <@var{bit}> <@option{set}|@option{clear}>
-@cindex at91sam7 gpnvm
-@*set or clear a gpnvm bit for the processor
+@item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
+@item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
+@item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
+@item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
@end itemize
+@end deffn
-@subsection STR9 specific commands
-@cindex STR9 specific commands
-@anchor{STR9 specific commands}
-These are flash specific commands when using the str9xpec driver.
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{str9xpec enable_turbo} <@var{num}>
-@cindex str9xpec enable_turbo
-@*enable turbo mode, simply this will remove the str9 from the chain and talk
-directly to the embedded flash controller.
-@item @b{str9xpec disable_turbo} <@var{num}>
-@cindex str9xpec disable_turbo
-@*restore the str9 into jtag chain.
-@item @b{str9xpec lock} <@var{num}>
-@cindex str9xpec lock
-@*lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
-erase the device.
-@item @b{str9xpec unlock} <@var{num}>
-@cindex str9xpec unlock
-@*unlock str9 device.
-@item @b{str9xpec options_read} <@var{num}>
-@cindex str9xpec options_read
-@*read str9 option bytes.
-@item @b{str9xpec options_write} <@var{num}>
-@cindex str9xpec options_write
-@*write str9 option bytes.
-@end itemize
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
+Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
+include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
+This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
+
+Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
-Note: Before using the str9xpec driver here is some background info to help
-you better understand how the drivers works. Openocd has two flash drivers for
-the str9.
+@deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
+Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
+Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
+Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
+the flash clock.
+@end deffn
+@end deffn
+
+@subsection str9xpec driver
+@cindex str9xpec
+
+Here is some background info to help
+you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
+the str9:
@enumerate
@item
Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
@item
-Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller, this is
+Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
@end enumerate
-Before we run any cmds using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
+Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
configured for flash bank 0.
@example
The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
-as mentioned above, just issue the cmds above manually or from a telnet prompt.
+as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
-@subsection STR9 configuration
-@cindex STR9 configuration
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{str9x flash_config} <@var{bank}> <@var{BBSR}> <@var{NBBSR}>
-<@var{BBADR}> <@var{NBBADR}>
-@cindex str9x flash_config
-@*Configure str9 flash controller.
-@example
-eg. str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
-This will setup
-BBSR - Boot Bank Size register
-NBBSR - Non Boot Bank Size register
-BBADR - Boot Bank Start Address register
-NBBADR - Boot Bank Start Address register
+@deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
+Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
+Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
+Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
+@command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
+
+Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
+
+@deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
+Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
+Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
+directly to the embedded flash controller.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
+Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
+erase the device.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
+Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
+Configure str9 boot bank.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
+Configure str9 lvd source.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
+Configure str9 lvd threshold.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
+Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
+Read str9 option bytes.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
+Write str9 option bytes.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
+unlock str9 device.
+@end deffn
+
+@end deffn
+
+
+@section mFlash
+
+@subsection mFlash Configuration
+@cindex mFlash Configuration
+
+@deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
+Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
+address @var{base}.
+The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
+Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
+
+Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
+
+@example
+mflash bank s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
@end example
-@end itemize
-@subsection STR9 option byte configuration
-@cindex STR9 option byte configuration
+Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
+
+@example
+mflash bank pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
+@end example
+@end deffn
+
+@subsection mFlash commands
+@cindex mFlash commands
+
+@deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
+Configure mflash PLL.
+The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
+Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
+After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
+If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {mflash config boot}
+Configure bootable option.
+If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
+(4kB) for boot.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {mflash config storage}
+Configure storage information.
+For the normal storage operation, this information must be
+written.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
+Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
+beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {mflash probe}
+Probe mflash.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
+Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
+@var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
+@end deffn
+
+@node NAND Flash Commands
+@chapter NAND Flash Commands
+@cindex NAND
+
+Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
+and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
+commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
+
+NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
+size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
+number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
+page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
+Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
+of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
+
+One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
+is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
+ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
+blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
+are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
+manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
+use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
+support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
+that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
+with techniques such as wear leveling.
+
+Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
+support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
+Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
+Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
+geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
+every 512 bytes of data.
+
+You will need to make sure that any data you write using
+OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
+that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
+writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
+ECC mode is used.
+
+The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
+@enumerate
+@item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
+@* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
+passing parameters as needed by the controller.
+@item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
+@* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
+such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
+to access that device.
+@item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
+@* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
+via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
+boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
+de-brick a board.
+@end enumerate
+
+@b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
+flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
+This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
+are only 32 bits wide.
+(Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
+is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
+Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
+modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
+
+@anchor{NAND Configuration}
+@section NAND Configuration Commands
+@cindex NAND configuration
+
+NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
+plus some additional configuration that's done after
+OpenOCD has initialized.
+
+@deffn {Config Command} {nand device} controller target [configparams...]
+Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
+after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
+In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
+operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
+they were a single (larger) device.
+In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
+commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
+
+@b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
+initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
+configuration files, not interactively.
+
@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{str9xpec options_cmap} <@var{num}> <@option{bank0}|@option{bank1}>
-@cindex str9xpec options_cmap
-@*configure str9 boot bank.
-@item @b{str9xpec options_lvdthd} <@var{num}> <@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v}>
-@cindex str9xpec options_lvdthd
-@*configure str9 lvd threshold.
-@item @b{str9xpec options_lvdsel} <@var{num}> <@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq}>
-@cindex str9xpec options_lvdsel
-@*configure str9 lvd source.
-@item @b{str9xpec options_lvdwarn} <@var{bank}> <@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq}>
-@cindex str9xpec options_lvdwarn
-@*configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
+@item @var{controller} ... identifies the controller driver
+associated with the NAND device being declared.
+@xref{NAND Driver List}.
+@item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
+commands to the NAND controller.
+@comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
+@item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
+additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
+for more information.
@end itemize
-
-@subsection STM32x specific commands
-@cindex STM32x specific commands
-
-These are flash specific commands when using the stm32x driver.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {nand list}
+Prints a one-line summary of each device declared
+using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
+Note that un-probed devices show no details.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {nand probe} num
+Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
+like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
+The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
+You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
+it with most other NAND commands.
+@end deffn
+
+@section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
+
+@deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
+@cindex NAND reading
+Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
+starting at the specified offset.
+The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
+
+Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
+on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
+
+The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
+device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
+associated with each such page may also be accessed.
+
+@b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
+was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
+and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
+method which handled that error correction.
+
+By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
+Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{stm32x lock} <@var{num}>
-@cindex stm32x lock
-@*lock stm32 device.
-@item @b{stm32x unlock} <@var{num}>
-@cindex stm32x unlock
-@*unlock stm32 device.
-@item @b{stm32x options_read} <@var{num}>
-@cindex stm32x options_read
-@*read stm32 option bytes.
-@item @b{stm32x options_write} <@var{num}> <@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}>
-<@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}> <@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP}>
-@cindex stm32x options_write
-@*write stm32 option bytes.
-@item @b{stm32x mass_erase} <@var{num}>
-@cindex stm32x mass_erase
-@*mass erase flash memory.
+@item no oob_* parameter
+@*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
+@item @code{oob_raw}
+@*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
+the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
+spare areas associated with each data page.
+Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
+what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
+controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
+@item @code{oob_only}
+@*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
+be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
+spare areas associated with each data page.
@end itemize
-
-@subsection Stellaris specific commands
-@cindex Stellaris specific commands
-
-These are flash specific commands when using the Stellaris driver.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {nand erase} num offset length
+@cindex NAND erasing
+@cindex NAND programming
+Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
+specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
+Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
+block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
+The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
+
+@b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
+to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
+block marker.
+For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
+will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
+@cindex NAND writing
+@cindex NAND programming
+Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
+starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
+have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
+The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
+
+Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
+on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
+
+The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
+All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
+past the end of the device.
+Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
+page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
+if that's being written.)
+
+@b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
+ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
+but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
+
+Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
+NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
+if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{stellaris mass_erase} <@var{num}>
-@cindex stellaris mass_erase
-@*mass erase flash memory.
+@item no oob_* parameter
+@*File has only page data, which is written.
+If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
+Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
+a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
+with hardware-computed ECC data.
+@item @code{oob_only}
+@*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
+Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
+option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
+You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
+@item @code{oob_raw}
+@*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
+If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
+un-altered OOB.
+Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
+a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
+before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
+@item @code{oob_softecc}
+@*File has only page data, which is written.
+The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
+software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
+You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
+the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
+@item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
+@*File has only page data, which is written.
+The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
+specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
+You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
+the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
@end itemize
+@end deffn
+
+@section Other NAND commands
+@cindex NAND other commands
+
+@deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} [offset length]
+Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
+device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
+device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
+continues for @var{length} bytes.
+Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
+block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
+The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
+
+@b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
+with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
+driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {nand info} num
+The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
+This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
+devices which have been probed this also prints any known
+status for each block.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
+Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
+The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
+
+This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
+value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
+the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
+methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
+this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
+
+When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
+data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
+writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
+raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
+bypassing hardware ECC logic.
+@i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
+with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
+@end deffn
+
+@anchor{NAND Driver List}
+@section NAND Drivers, Options, and Commands
+As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
+driver-specific options and behaviors.
+Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
+
+@deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
+This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
+chips from Texas Instruments.
+It takes three extra parameters:
+address of the NAND chip;
+hardware ECC mode to use (hwecc1, hwecc4, hwecc4_infix);
+address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
+@example
+nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
+@end example
+All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
+and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
+The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
+to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
+the @command{nand raw_access} command.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
+These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
+parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
+@deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
+Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
+MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
+The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
+@end deffn
+
+At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
+and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
+to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
+in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
+@end deffn
+@comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
+
+@deffn {NAND Driver} orion
+These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
+parameter: the address of the controller.
+@example
+nand device orion 0xd8000000
+@end example
+These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
+At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
+or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
+change any behavior.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
+@deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
+@deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
+@deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
+These S3C24xx family controllers don't have any special
+@command{nand device} options, and don't define any
+specialized commands.
+At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
+or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
+change any behavior.
+@end deffn
+
+@node PLD/FPGA Commands
+@chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
+@cindex PLD
+@cindex FPGA
+
+Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
+Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
+OpenOCD can support programming them.
+Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
+there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
+they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
+Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
+
+@section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
+
+As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
+OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
+Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
+
+They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
+and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
+
+@deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
+Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
+using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
+The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
+behavior.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Command} {pld devices}
+Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
+Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
+The file format must be inferred by the driver.
+@end deffn
+
+@section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
+
+Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
+definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
+that particular type of PLD.
+
+@deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
+Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
+It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
+No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
+and one driver-specific command is defined.
+
+@deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
+Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
+for FPGA @var{num}.
+@end deffn
+@end deffn
-
@node General Commands
@chapter General Commands
@cindex commands
The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
-you a human may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
+you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
commands are documented elsewhere.
Intent:
@item @b{Source Of Commands}
@* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
-or via one of several Tcp/Ip Ports.
+or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
@item @b{From the human}
-@* A human should interact with the Telnet interface (default port: 4444,
-or via GDB, default port 3333)
+@* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
+or via GDB (default port 3333).
To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
@item @b{Machine Interface}
-The TCL interface intent is to be a machine interface. The default TCL
+The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
port is 5555.
@end itemize
@section Daemon Commands
-@subsection sleep
-@b{sleep} <@var{msec}>
-@cindex sleep
-@*Wait for n milliseconds before resuming. Useful in connection with script files
-(@var{script} command and @var{target_script} configuration).
+@deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
+Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
+If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
+(This option is strongly discouraged.)
+Useful in connection with script files
+(@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
+@end deffn
-@subsection sleep
-@b{shutdown}
-@cindex shutdown
-@*Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, Telnet, Other).
+@deffn Command shutdown
+Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
+@end deffn
-@subsection debug_level [@var{n}]
-@cindex debug_level
@anchor{debug_level}
-@*Display or adjust debug level to n<0-3>
-
-@subsection fast [@var{enable|disable}]
-@cindex fast
-@*Default disabled. Set default behaviour of OpenOCD to be "fast and dangerous". For instance ARM7/9 DCC memory
-downloads and fast memory access will work if the JTAG interface isn't too fast and
-the core doesn't run at a too low frequency. Note that this option only changes the default
-and that the indvidual options, like DCC memory downloads, can be enabled and disabled
-individually.
+@deffn Command debug_level [n]
+@cindex message level
+Display debug level.
+If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
+This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
+Level 0 is error messages only;
+level 1 adds warnings;
+level 2 adds informational messages;
+and level 3 adds debugging messages.
+The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
+the command line along with the location of that log
+file (which is normally the server's standard output).
+@xref{Running}.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command fast (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
+Default disabled.
+Set default behaviour of OpenOCD to be "fast and dangerous".
+
+At this writing, this only affects the defaults for two ARM7/ARM9 parameters:
+fast memory access, and DCC downloads. Those parameters may still be
+individually overridden.
The target specific "dangerous" optimisation tweaking options may come and go
as more robust and user friendly ways are found to ensure maximum throughput
@example
openocd -c "fast enable" -c "interface dummy" -f target/str710.cfg
@end example
+@end deffn
-@subsection log_output <@var{file}>
-@cindex log_output
-@*Redirect logging to <file> (default: stderr)
+@deffn Command echo message
+Logs a message at "user" priority.
+Output @var{message} to stdout.
+@example
+echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
+@end example
+@end deffn
-@subsection script <@var{file}>
-@cindex script
-@*Execute commands from <file>
-Also see: ``source [find FILENAME]''
+@deffn Command log_output [filename]
+Redirect logging to @var{filename};
+the initial log output channel is stderr.
+@end deffn
-@section Target state handling
-@subsection power <@var{on}|@var{off}>
-@cindex reg
-@*Turn power switch to target on/off.
-No arguments: print status.
-Not all interfaces support this.
-
-@subsection reg [@option{#}|@option{name}] [value]
-@cindex reg
-@*Access a single register by its number[@option{#}] or by its [@option{name}].
-No arguments: list all available registers for the current target.
-Number or name argument: display a register
-Number or name and value arguments: set register value
-
-@subsection poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
-@cindex poll
-@*Poll the target for its current state. If the target is in debug mode, architecture
-specific information about the current state is printed. An optional parameter
-allows continuous polling to be enabled and disabled.
-
-@subsection halt [@option{ms}]
+@anchor{Target State handling}
+@section Target State handling
+@cindex reset
@cindex halt
-@*Send a halt request to the target and wait for it to halt for up to [@option{ms}] milliseconds.
-Default [@option{ms}] is 5 seconds if no arg given.
-Optional arg @option{ms} is a timeout in milliseconds. Using 0 as the [@option{ms}]
-will stop OpenOCD from waiting.
-
-@subsection wait_halt [@option{ms}]
-@cindex wait_halt
-@*Wait for the target to enter debug mode. Optional [@option{ms}] is
-a timeout in milliseconds. Default [@option{ms}] is 5 seconds if no
-arg given.
-
-@subsection resume [@var{address}]
-@cindex resume
-@*Resume the target at its current code position, or at an optional address.
-OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
+@cindex target initialization
-@subsection step [@var{address}]
-@cindex step
-@*Single-step the target at its current code position, or at an optional address.
+In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
+shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
+These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
+a current target which is used to perform the
+various operations. The current target may be changed
+by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
+target which should become current.
-@subsection reset [@option{run}|@option{halt}|@option{init}]
-@cindex reset
-@*Perform a hard-reset. The optional parameter specifies what should happen after the reset.
+@deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
+Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
+
+@emph{With no arguments}:
+list all available registers for the current target,
+showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
+
+@emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
+
+@emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
+
+Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
+Debug and trace infrastructure:
+
+@example
+> reg
+(0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty: 1, valid: 1)
+(1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C (dirty: 0, valid: 1)
+(2) r2 (/32): 0x00022551 (dirty: 0, valid: 1)
+...
+(164) ETM_CONTEXTID_COMPARATOR_MASK (/32): \
+ 0x00000000 (dirty: 0, valid: 0)
+>
+@end example
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command halt [ms]
+@deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
+The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
+which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
+Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
+or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
+(and enter debug mode).
+Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command resume [address]
+Resume the target at its current code position,
+or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
+OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command step [address]
+Single-step the target at its current code position,
+or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
+@end deffn
+
+@anchor{Reset Command}
+@deffn Command reset
+@deffnx Command {reset run}
+@deffnx Command {reset halt}
+@deffnx Command {reset init}
+Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
+@emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
+events will fire during the reset sequence.}
+
+The optional parameter specifies what should
+happen after the reset.
+If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
+The other options will not work on all systems.
+@xref{Reset Configuration}.
-With no arguments a "reset run" is executed
@itemize @minus
-@item @b{run}
-@cindex reset run
-@*Let the target run.
-@item @b{halt}
-@cindex reset halt
-@*Immediately halt the target (works only with certain configurations).
-@item @b{init}
-@cindex reset init
-@*Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset script (works only with certain
-configurations)
+@item @b{run} Let the target run
+@item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
+@item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
@end itemize
+@end deffn
-@subsection soft_reset_halt
-@cindex reset
-@*Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This often used
+@deffn Command soft_reset_halt
+Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
-then sets the Program counter back at the reset vector. Unfortunatlly
-that code that was executed may have left hardware in an unknown
+then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
+the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
state.
+@end deffn
+
+@section I/O Utilities
+
+These commands are available when
+OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
+They are mainly useful on embedded targets;
+PC type hosts have complementary tools.
+@emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
+@deffn Command meminfo
+Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
+Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
+@end deffn
+
+@anchor{Memory access}
@section Memory access commands
-@subsection meminfo
-display available ram memory.
-@subsection Memory Peek/Poke type commands
+@cindex memory access
+
These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
-special way. For example - one may need to write certian values to the
+special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
@enumerate
-@item To change the current target see the ``targets'' (plural) command
-@item In system level scripts these commands are depricated, please use the TARGET object versions.
+@item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
+to change the current target.
+@item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
+Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
+about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
@end enumerate
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{mdw} <@var{addr}> [@var{count}]
-@cindex mdw
-@*display memory words (32bit)
-@item @b{mdh} <@var{addr}> [@var{count}]
-@cindex mdh
-@*display memory half-words (16bit)
-@item @b{mdb} <@var{addr}> [@var{count}]
-@cindex mdb
-@*display memory bytes (8bit)
-@item @b{mww} <@var{addr}> <@var{value}>
-@cindex mww
-@*write memory word (32bit)
-@item @b{mwh} <@var{addr}> <@var{value}>
-@cindex mwh
-@*write memory half-word (16bit)
-@item @b{mwb} <@var{addr}> <@var{value}>
-@cindex mwb
-@*write memory byte (8bit)
-@end itemize
+@deffn Command mdw addr [count]
+@deffnx Command mdh addr [count]
+@deffnx Command mdb addr [count]
+Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
+32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
+or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
+If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
+(If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
+see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command mww addr word
+@deffnx Command mwh addr halfword
+@deffnx Command mwb addr byte
+Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
+@var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
+at the specified address @var{addr}.
+@end deffn
+
+
+@anchor{Image access}
+@section Image loading commands
+@cindex image loading
+@cindex image dumping
-@section Image Loading Commands
-@subsection load_image
-@b{load_image} <@var{file}> <@var{address}> [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
-@cindex load_image
-@anchor{load_image}
-@*Load image <@var{file}> to target memory at <@var{address}>
-@subsection fast_load_image
-@b{fast_load_image} <@var{file}> <@var{address}> [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
-@cindex fast_load_image
-@anchor{fast_load_image}
-@*Normally you should be using @b{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
-testing purposes or when IO overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on embedded
-host), then storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
+@anchor{dump_image}
+@deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
+Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
+binary file named @var{filename}.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {fast_load}
+Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
+current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
+Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
+testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
+host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
-Arguments as @b{load_image}, but image is stored in OpenOCD host
+Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
-target programming performance as IO and target programming can easily be profiled
-seperately.
-@subsection fast_load
-@b{fast_load}
-@cindex fast_image
-@anchor{fast_image}
-@*Loads image stored in memory by @b{fast_load_image} to current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
-@subsection dump_image
-@b{dump_image} <@var{file}> <@var{address}> <@var{size}>
-@cindex dump_image
-@anchor{dump_image}
-@*Dump <@var{size}> bytes of target memory starting at <@var{address}> to a
-(binary) <@var{file}>.
-@subsection verify_image
-@b{verify_image} <@var{file}> <@var{address}> [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
-@cindex verify_image
-@*Verify <@var{file}> against target memory starting at <@var{address}>.
-This will first attempt comparison using a crc checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
-
+target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
+separately.
+@end deffn
-@section Breakpoint commands
-@cindex Breakpoint commands
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{bp} <@var{addr}> <@var{len}> [@var{hw}]
-@cindex bp
-@*set breakpoint <address> <length> [hw]
-@item @b{rbp} <@var{addr}>
-@cindex rbp
-@*remove breakpoint <adress>
-@item @b{wp} <@var{addr}> <@var{len}> <@var{r}|@var{w}|@var{a}> [@var{value}] [@var{mask}]
-@cindex wp
-@*set watchpoint <address> <length> <r/w/a> [value] [mask]
-@item @b{rwp} <@var{addr}>
-@cindex rwp
-@*remove watchpoint <adress>
-@end itemize
+@anchor{load_image}
+@deffn Command {load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
+Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory at @var{address}.
+The file format may optionally be specified
+(@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
+Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
+The file format may optionally be specified
+(@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
+This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
+@end deffn
+
+
+@section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
+@cindex breakpoint
+@cindex watchpoint
+
+CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
+hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
+watchpoints.
+In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
+
+@deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
+With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
+Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
+at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
+This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
+in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
+
+(@xref{arm9tdmi vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
+for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {rbp} address
+Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {rwp} address
+Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
+With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
+Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
+The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
+the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
+defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
+If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
+the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
+using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
+@end deffn
@section Misc Commands
-@cindex Other Target Commands
-@itemize
-@item @b{profile} <@var{seconds}> <@var{gmon.out}>
+@cindex profiling
-Profiling samples the CPU PC as quickly as OpenOCD is able, which will be used as a random sampling of PC.
+@deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
+Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
+which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
+Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
+@end deffn
+
+@node Architecture and Core Commands
+@chapter Architecture and Core Commands
+@cindex Architecture Specific Commands
+@cindex Core Specific Commands
+
+Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
+OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
+Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
+exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
+
+@anchor{ARM Tracing}
+@section ARM Tracing
+@cindex ETM
+@cindex ETB
+
+CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
+based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
+address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
+
+@itemize
+@item
+Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
+trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
+supports such an interface.
+(The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
+and trace port support.)
+Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
+and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
+buffer several megabytes of trace data.
+Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
+in the board-specific configuration file.
+@item
+If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
+has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
+dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
+Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
+(target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
@end itemize
-@section Target Specific Commands
-@cindex Target Specific Commands
+ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
+
+@quotation Issues
+ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
+parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
+It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
+as well as triggering trace on specific events
+(perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
+There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
+analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
+It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
+with the current XScale trace support, or should be
+shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
+@end quotation
+@subsection ETM Configuration
+ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
-@page
-@section Architecture Specific Commands
-@cindex Architecture Specific Commands
+@deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
+Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
+with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
-@subsection ARMV4/5 specific commands
-@cindex ARMV4/5 specific commands
+Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port configuration.
+The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16.
+The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexted},
+or @option{demultiplexted}.
+The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
-These commands are specific to ARM architecture v4 and v5, like all ARM7/9 systems
-or Intel XScale (XScale isn't supported yet).
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{armv4_5 reg}
-@cindex armv4_5 reg
-@*Display a list of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
+@quotation Note
+You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command, although
+not all of those possible registers are present in every ETM.
+@end quotation
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {etm info}
+Displays information about the current target's ETM.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {etm status}
+Displays status of the current target's ETM:
+is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
+Did trace data overflow?
+Was it triggered?
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
+Displays what data that ETM will collect.
+If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
+When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
+and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
+
+@itemize
+@item @var{type} ... one of
+@option{none} (save nothing),
+@option{data} (save data),
+@option{address} (save addresses),
+@option{all} (save data and addresses)
+@item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
+@item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
+@item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
+@end itemize
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {etm trigger_percent} percent
+@emph{Buggy and effectively a NOP ... @var{percent} from 2..100}
+@end deffn
+
+@subsection ETM Trace Operation
+
+After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
+That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
+It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
+
+@deffn Command {etm analyze}
+Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
+Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {etm dump} filename
+Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
+Opens an image file.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {etm load} filename
+Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {etm start}
+Starts trace data collection.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {etm stop}
+Stops trace data collection.
+@end deffn
+
+@anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
+@subsection Trace Port Drivers
+
+To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
+
+@deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
+Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
+not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
+@emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
+any trace data collection.}
+@deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
+Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
+@end deffn
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
+Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
+to use on-chip ETB memory.
+@deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
+Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
+You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
+@end deffn
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
+This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
+with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
+to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
+it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
+
+Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
+connected to an off-chip trace connector.
+
+@deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
+Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
+collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
+Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
+Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
+@end deffn
+@end deffn
+
+
+@section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
+@cindex ARMv4
+@cindex ARMv5
+
+These commands are specific to ARM architecture v4 and v5,
+including all ARM7 or ARM9 systems and Intel XScale.
+They are available in addition to other core-specific
+commands that may be available.
+
+@deffn Command {armv4_5 core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
+Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
+either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
+The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
+(Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
+that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {armv4_5 disassemble} address count [thumb]
+@cindex disassemble
+Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
+If @option{thumb} is specified, Thumb (16-bit) instructions are used;
+else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
+(Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
+those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {armv4_5 reg}
+Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
core mode if necessary. OpenOCD versions before rev. 60 didn't fetch the current
register value.
-@item @b{armv4_5 core_mode} [@var{arm}|@var{thumb}]
-@cindex armv4_5 core_mode
-@*Displays the core_mode, optionally changing it to either ARM or Thumb mode.
-The target is resumed in the currently set @option{core_mode}.
-@end itemize
+@end deffn
-@subsection ARM7/9 specific commands
-@cindex ARM7/9 specific commands
+@subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
+@cindex ARM7
+@cindex ARM9
-These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 targets, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720t,
-ARM920t or ARM926EJ-S.
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{arm7_9 dbgrq} <@var{enable}|@var{disable}>
-@cindex arm7_9 dbgrq
-@*Enable use of the DBGRQ bit to force entry into debug mode. This should be
+These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
+ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
+They are available in addition to the ARMv4/5 commands,
+and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
+
+@deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
+Control use of the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
+instead of breakpoints. This should be
safe for all but ARM7TDMI--S cores (like Philips LPC).
-@item @b{arm7_9 fast_memory_access} <@var{enable}|@var{disable}>
-@cindex arm7_9 fast_memory_access
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
+@cindex DCC
+Control the use of the debug communications channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte)
+amounts of memory. DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
+unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
+with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
+@end deffn
+
@anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
-@*Allow OpenOCD to read and write memory without checking completion of
+@deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
+Enable or disable memory writes and reads that don't check completion of
the operation. This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
-cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at a very low
-speed, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
-@item @b{arm7_9 dcc_downloads} <@var{enable}|@var{disable}>
-@cindex arm7_9 dcc_downloads
-@*Enable the use of the debug communications channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte)
-amounts of memory. DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be potentially
-unsafe, especially with targets running at a very low speed. This command was introduced
-with OpenOCD rev. 60.
-@end itemize
+cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
+speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Debug Command} {arm7_9 write_core_reg} num mode word
+@emph{This is intended for use while debugging OpenOCD; you probably
+shouldn't use it.}
+
+Writes a 32-bit @var{word} to register @var{num} (from 0 to 16)
+as used in the specified @var{mode}
+(where e.g. mode 16 is "user" and mode 19 is "supervisor";
+the M4..M0 bits of the PSR).
+Registers 0..15 are the normal CPU registers such as r0(0), r1(1) ... pc(15).
+Register 16 is the mode-specific SPSR,
+unless the specified mode is 0xffffffff (32-bit all-ones)
+in which case register 16 is the CPSR.
+The write goes directly to the CPU, bypassing the register cache.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Debug Command} {arm7_9 write_xpsr} word (@option{0}|@option{1})
+@emph{This is intended for use while debugging OpenOCD; you probably
+shouldn't use it.}
+
+If the second parameter is zero, writes @var{word} to the
+Current Program Status register (CPSR).
+Else writes @var{word} to the current mode's Saved PSR (SPSR).
+In both cases, this bypasses the register cache.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Debug Command} {arm7_9 write_xpsr_im8} byte rotate (@option{0}|@option{1})
+@emph{This is intended for use while debugging OpenOCD; you probably
+shouldn't use it.}
+
+Writes eight bits to the CPSR or SPSR,
+first rotating them by @math{2*rotate} bits,
+and bypassing the register cache.
+This has lower JTAG overhead than writing the entire CPSR or SPSR
+with @command{arm7_9 write_xpsr}.
+@end deffn
@subsection ARM720T specific commands
-@cindex ARM720T specific commands
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{arm720t cp15} <@var{num}> [@var{value}]
-@cindex arm720t cp15
-@*display/modify cp15 register <@option{num}> [@option{value}].
-@item @b{arm720t md<bhw>_phys} <@var{addr}> [@var{count}]
-@cindex arm720t md<bhw>_phys
-@*Display memory at physical address addr.
-@item @b{arm720t mw<bhw>_phys} <@var{addr}> <@var{value}>
-@cindex arm720t mw<bhw>_phys
-@*Write memory at physical address addr.
-@item @b{arm720t virt2phys} <@var{va}>
-@cindex arm720t virt2phys
-@*Translate a virtual address to a physical address.
-@end itemize
+@cindex ARM720T
+
+These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
+which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
+based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
+They are available in addition to the ARMv4/5 and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
+
+@deffn Command {arm720t cp15} regnum [value]
+Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
+else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {arm720t mdw_phys} addr [count]
+@deffnx Command {arm720t mdh_phys} addr [count]
+@deffnx Command {arm720t mdb_phys} addr [count]
+Display contents of physical address @var{addr}, as
+32-bit words (@command{mdw_phys}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh_phys}),
+or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb_phys}).
+If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {arm720t mww_phys} addr word
+@deffnx Command {arm720t mwh_phys} addr halfword
+@deffnx Command {arm720t mwb_phys} addr byte
+Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
+@var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
+at the specified physical address @var{addr}.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {arm720t virt2phys} va
+Translate a virtual address @var{va} to a physical address
+and display the result.
+@end deffn
@subsection ARM9TDMI specific commands
-@cindex ARM9TDMI specific commands
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{arm9tdmi vector_catch} <@var{all}|@var{none}>
-@cindex arm9tdmi vector_catch
-@*Catch arm9 interrupt vectors, can be @option{all} @option{none} or any of the following:
+@cindex ARM9TDMI
+
+Many ARM9-family CPUs are built around ARM9TDMI integer cores,
+or processors resembling ARM9TDMI, and can use these commands.
+Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
+
+@c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
+@c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
+
+@anchor{arm9tdmi vector_catch}
+@deffn Command {arm9tdmi vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
+Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
+for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
+You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
+so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
+to those hardware vectors.
+
+This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
+If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
+vector catch hardware to intercept
+@option{all} of the hardware vectors,
+@option{none} of them,
+or a list with one or more of the following:
@option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt} @option{reserved}
@option{irq} @option{fiq}.
-
-Can also be used on other arm9 based cores, arm966, arm920t and arm926ejs.
-@end itemize
-
-@subsection ARM966E specific commands
-@cindex ARM966E specific commands
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{arm966e cp15} <@var{num}> [@var{value}]
-@cindex arm966e cp15
-@*display/modify cp15 register <@option{num}> [@option{value}].
-@end itemize
+@end deffn
@subsection ARM920T specific commands
-@cindex ARM920T specific commands
+@cindex ARM920T
+
+These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
+which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
+built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
+They are available in addition to the ARMv4/5, ARM7/ARM9,
+and ARM9TDMI commands.
+
+@deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
+Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
+is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
+Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
+else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
+Interpreted access using cp15 @var{opcode}.
+If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
+Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
+or using zero if no other address is not provided.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {arm920t mdw_phys} addr [count]
+@deffnx Command {arm920t mdh_phys} addr [count]
+@deffnx Command {arm920t mdb_phys} addr [count]
+Display contents of physical address @var{addr}, as
+32-bit words (@command{mdw_phys}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh_phys}),
+or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb_phys}).
+If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {arm920t mww_phys} addr word
+@deffnx Command {arm920t mwh_phys} addr halfword
+@deffnx Command {arm920t mwb_phys} addr byte
+Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
+@var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
+at the specified physical address @var{addr}.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
+Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
+Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {arm920t virt2phys} va
+Translate a virtual address @var{va} to a physical address
+and display the result.
+@end deffn
+
+@subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
+@cindex ARM926ej-s
+
+These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
+which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
+based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
+They are available in addition to the ARMv4/5, ARM7/ARM9,
+and ARM9TDMI commands.
+
+The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
+they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
+
+@deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
+Print information about the caches found.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {arm926ejs cp15} opcode1 opcode2 CRn CRm regnum [value]
+Accesses cp15 register @var{regnum} using
+@var{opcode1}, @var{opcode2}, @var{CRn}, and @var{CRm}.
+If a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
+Else that register is read and displayed.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {arm926ejs mdw_phys} addr [count]
+@deffnx Command {arm926ejs mdh_phys} addr [count]
+@deffnx Command {arm926ejs mdb_phys} addr [count]
+Display contents of physical address @var{addr}, as
+32-bit words (@command{mdw_phys}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh_phys}),
+or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb_phys}).
+If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {arm926ejs mww_phys} addr word
+@deffnx Command {arm926ejs mwh_phys} addr halfword
+@deffnx Command {arm926ejs mwb_phys} addr byte
+Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
+@var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
+at the specified physical address @var{addr}.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {arm926ejs virt2phys} va
+Translate a virtual address @var{va} to a physical address
+and display the result.
+@end deffn
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{arm920t cp15} <@var{num}> [@var{value}]
-@cindex arm920t cp15
-@*display/modify cp15 register <@option{num}> [@option{value}].
-@item @b{arm920t cp15i} <@var{num}> [@var{value}] [@var{address}]
-@cindex arm920t cp15i
-@*display/modify cp15 (interpreted access) <@option{opcode}> [@option{value}] [@option{address}]
-@item @b{arm920t cache_info}
-@cindex arm920t cache_info
-@*Print information about the caches found. This allows you to see if your target
-is a ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
-@item @b{arm920t md<bhw>_phys} <@var{addr}> [@var{count}]
-@cindex arm920t md<bhw>_phys
-@*Display memory at physical address addr.
-@item @b{arm920t mw<bhw>_phys} <@var{addr}> <@var{value}>
-@cindex arm920t mw<bhw>_phys
-@*Write memory at physical address addr.
-@item @b{arm920t read_cache} <@var{filename}>
-@cindex arm920t read_cache
-@*Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file.
-@item @b{arm920t read_mmu} <@var{filename}>
-@cindex arm920t read_mmu
-@*Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file.
-@item @b{arm920t virt2phys} <@var{va}>
-@cindex arm920t virt2phys
-@*Translate a virtual address to a physical address.
-@end itemize
+@subsection ARM966E specific commands
+@cindex ARM966E
+
+These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
+which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
+They are available in addition to the ARMv4/5, ARM7/ARM9,
+and ARM9TDMI commands.
+
+@deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
+Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
+else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
+@end deffn
+
+@subsection XScale specific commands
+@cindex XScale
+
+These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
+which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
+
+@deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
+Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
+Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
+Displays information about the CPU caches.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
+Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
+else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
+Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {xscale dcache} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
+Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
+Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {xscale icache} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
+Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {xscale mmu} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
+Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} (@option{enable}|@option{disable}) [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]
+Enables or disables the trace buffer,
+and controls how it is emptied.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
+Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
+its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
+The image @var{type} may be one of
+@option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
+@option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
+@option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
+@end deffn
+
+@anchor{xscale vector_catch}
+@deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
+Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
+If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
+@end deffn
+
+@section ARMv6 Architecture
+@cindex ARMv6
+
+@subsection ARM11 specific commands
+@cindex ARM11
+
+@deffn Command {arm11 mcr} p1 p2 p3 p4 p5
+Read coprocessor register
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [value]
+Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
+which is enabled by default.
+If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [value]
+Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
+which is enabled by default.
+If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {arm11 mrc} p1 p2 p3 p4 p5 value
+Write coprocessor register
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {arm11 no_increment} [value]
+Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
+some read or write operations increment the pointer
+(the default behavior) or not (acting like a FIFO).
+If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [value]
+Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
+IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
+they is disabled by default.
+If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
+@end deffn
+
+@section ARMv7 Architecture
+@cindex ARMv7
+
+@subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
+@cindex Debug Access Port
+@cindex DAP
+These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
+included on cortex-m3 and cortex-a8 systems.
+They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
+
+@deffn Command {dap info} [num]
+Displays dap info for ap @var{num}, defaulting to the currently selected AP.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
+Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
+Displays id register from AP @var{num},
+defaulting to the currently selected AP.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
+Displays debug base address from AP @var{num},
+defaulting to the currently selected AP.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
+Displays the number of extra tck for mem-ap memory bus access [0-255].
+If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
+@end deffn
+
+@subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
+@cindex Cortex-M3
+
+@deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{on}|@option{off})
+Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
+@end deffn
+
+@section Target DCC Requests
+@cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
+@cindex libdcc
+@cindex DCC
+OpenOCD can handle certain target requests; currently debugmsgs
+@command{target_request debugmsgs}
+are only supported for arm7_9 and cortex_m3.
-@subsection ARM926EJS specific commands
-@cindex ARM926EJS specific commands
+See libdcc in the contrib dir for more details.
+Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
+via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
+depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
+deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
+
+@deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
+Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
+These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
+The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
+both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
+With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
+as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
+otherwise the libdcc format is used.
+@end deffn
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{arm926ejs cp15} <@var{num}> [@var{value}]
-@cindex arm926ejs cp15
-@*display/modify cp15 register <@option{num}> [@option{value}].
-@item @b{arm926ejs cache_info}
-@cindex arm926ejs cache_info
-@*Print information about the caches found.
-@item @b{arm926ejs md<bhw>_phys} <@var{addr}> [@var{count}]
-@cindex arm926ejs md<bhw>_phys
-@*Display memory at physical address addr.
-@item @b{arm926ejs mw<bhw>_phys} <@var{addr}> <@var{value}>
-@cindex arm926ejs mw<bhw>_phys
-@*Write memory at physical address addr.
-@item @b{arm926ejs virt2phys} <@var{va}>
-@cindex arm926ejs virt2phys
-@*Translate a virtual address to a physical address.
-@end itemize
+@node JTAG Commands
+@chapter JTAG Commands
+@cindex JTAG Commands
+Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
+(@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
+Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
+may be needed to work with targets which require special
+attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
-@subsection CORTEX_M3 specific commands
-@cindex CORTEX_M3 specific commands
+To use these commands you will need to understand some
+of the basics of JTAG, including:
@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{cortex_m3 maskisr} <@var{on}|@var{off}>
-@cindex cortex_m3 maskisr
-@*Enable masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
+@item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
+devices such as a CPUs.
+@item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
+standard state machine (in parallel)
+using their shared TMS and clock signals.
+@item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
+instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
+while the reading previous ones.
+@item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
+a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
+All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
+@item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
+shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
+registers.
@end itemize
-@page
-@section Debug commands
-@cindex Debug commands
-The following commands give direct access to the core, and are most likely
-only useful while debugging OpenOCD.
-@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{arm7_9 write_xpsr} <@var{32-bit value}> <@option{0=cpsr}, @option{1=spsr}>
-@cindex arm7_9 write_xpsr
-@*Immediately write either the current program status register (CPSR) or the saved
-program status register (SPSR), without changing the register cache (as displayed
-by the @option{reg} and @option{armv4_5 reg} commands).
-@item @b{arm7_9 write_xpsr_im8} <@var{8-bit value}> <@var{rotate 4-bit}>
-<@var{0=cpsr},@var{1=spsr}>
-@cindex arm7_9 write_xpsr_im8
-@*Write the 8-bit value rotated right by 2*rotate bits, using an immediate write
-operation (similar to @option{write_xpsr}).
-@item @b{arm7_9 write_core_reg} <@var{num}> <@var{mode}> <@var{value}>
-@cindex arm7_9 write_core_reg
-@*Write a core register, without changing the register cache (as displayed by the
-@option{reg} and @option{armv4_5 reg} commands). The <@var{mode}> argument takes the
-encoding of the [M4:M0] bits of the PSR.
-@end itemize
+@section Low Level JTAG Commands
+
+These commands are used by developers who need to access
+JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
+the order of TAP state transitions.
+If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
+new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
+JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
+
+@deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
+Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
+that specify the entire register.
+Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
+a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
+The return value holds the original value of each
+of those fields.
+
+For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
+field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
+@emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
+than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
+support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
+
+All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
+The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
+
+When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
+in that state.
+For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
+instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
+If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
+
+@quotation Warning
+OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
+so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
+Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
+data registers, which may have different lengths.
+Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
+the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
+the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
+(by connecting a different scan chain).
+@end quotation
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {flush_count}
+Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
+This may be used for performance tuning.
+
+For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
+minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
+not change with the amount of data which is written.
+You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
+tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
+instead of batching them into larger operations.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
+For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
+with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
+(The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
+using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
+For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
+
+When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
+in that state.
+For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
+can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
+If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
+
+@quotation Note
+OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
+register values, unlike data register values.
+For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
+portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
+@end quotation
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
+Set values of reset signals.
+The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
+@option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
+or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
+The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
+to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
+signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
+@xref{Reset Configuration}.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
+Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
+@var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
+Instructions often need some time
+to execute before they take effect.
+@end deffn
+
+@c tms_sequence (short|long)
+@c ... temporary, debug-only, probably gone before 0.2 ships
+
+@deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
+Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
+during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
+overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
+Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
+programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
+must also be enabled.
+Default is enabled.
+@end deffn
+
+@section TAP state names
+@cindex TAP state names
+
+The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
+and @command{irscan} commands are:
-@section Target Requests
-@cindex Target Requests
-OpenOCD can handle certain target requests, currently debugmsg are only supported for arm7_9 and cortex_m3.
-See libdcc in the contrib dir for more details.
@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{target_request debugmsgs} <@var{enable}|@var{disable}>
-@cindex target_request debugmsgs
-@*Enable/disable target debugmsgs requests. debugmsgs enable messages to be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
+@item @b{RESET} ... should act as if TRST were active
+@item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... don't assume this always means IDLE
+@item @b{DRSELECT}
+@item @b{DRCAPTURE}
+@item @b{DRSHIFT} ... TDI/TDO shifting through the data register
+@item @b{DREXIT1}
+@item @b{DRPAUSE} ... data register ready for update or more shifting
+@item @b{DREXIT2}
+@item @b{DRUPDATE}
+@item @b{IRSELECT}
+@item @b{IRCAPTURE}
+@item @b{IRSHIFT} ... TDI/TDO shifting through the instruction register
+@item @b{IREXIT1}
+@item @b{IRPAUSE} ... instruction register ready for update or more shifting
+@item @b{IREXIT2}
+@item @b{IRUPDATE}
@end itemize
-@node JTAG Commands
-@chapter JTAG Commands
-@cindex JTAG commands
-Generally most people will not use the bulk of these commands. They
-are mostly used by the OpenOCD developers or those who need to
-directly manipulate the JTAG taps.
-
-In general these commands control JTAG taps at a very low level. For
-example if you need to control a JTAG Route Controller (ie: the
-OMAP3530 on the Beagle Board has one) you might use these commands in
-a script or an event procedure.
+Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
+face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
+and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
+others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
@itemize @bullet
-@item @b{scan_chain}
-@cindex scan_chain
-@*Print current scan chain configuration.
-@item @b{jtag_reset} <@var{trst}> <@var{srst}>
-@cindex jtag_reset
-@*Toggle reset lines.
-@item @b{endstate} <@var{tap_state}>
-@cindex endstate
-@*Finish JTAG operations in <@var{tap_state}>.
-@item @b{runtest} <@var{num_cycles}>
-@cindex runtest
-@*Move to Run-Test/Idle, and execute <@var{num_cycles}>
-@item @b{statemove} [@var{tap_state}]
-@cindex statemove
-@*Move to current endstate or [@var{tap_state}]
-@item @b{irscan} <@var{device}> <@var{instr}> [@var{dev2}] [@var{instr2}] ...
-@cindex irscan
-@*Execute IR scan <@var{device}> <@var{instr}> [@var{dev2}] [@var{instr2}] ...
-@item @b{drscan} <@var{device}> [@var{dev2}] [@var{var2}] ...
-@cindex drscan
-@*Execute DR scan <@var{device}> [@var{dev2}] [@var{var2}] ...
-@item @b{verify_ircapture} <@option{enable}|@option{disable}>
-@cindex verify_ircapture
-@*Verify value captured during Capture-IR. Default is enabled.
-@item @b{var} <@var{name}> [@var{num_fields}|@var{del}] [@var{size1}] ...
-@cindex var
-@*Allocate, display or delete variable <@var{name}> [@var{num_fields}|@var{del}] [@var{size1}] ...
-@item @b{field} <@var{var}> <@var{field}> [@var{value}|@var{flip}]
-@cindex field
-Display/modify variable field <@var{var}> <@var{field}> [@var{value}|@var{flip}].
+@item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
+produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
+to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
+may not be as expected.
+@item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
+choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
+since they are free of JTAG side effects.
+However, @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at other
+levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
+Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
@end itemize
-
@node TFTP
@chapter TFTP
@cindex TFTP
-If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then tftp can
-be used to access files on PCs(either developer PC or some other PC).
+If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
+be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
-"/tftp/ip/" and append the tftp path on the tftp
-server(tftpd). E.g. "load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf" will
-load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
-if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
-
-In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a tftp server
-that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size(512 bytes). There
-are numerous tftp servers out there(free and commercial) and you will have to do
-a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
-
-@node Sample Scripts
-@chapter Sample Scripts
-@cindex scripts
-
-This page shows how to use the target library.
-
-The configuration script can be divided in the following section:
-@itemize @bullet
-@item daemon configuration
-@item interface
-@item jtag scan chain
-@item target configuration
-@item flash configuration
-@end itemize
-
-Detailed information about each section can be found at OpenOCD configuration.
+"/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
+server (tftpd). For example,
-@section AT91R40008 example
-@cindex AT91R40008 example
-To start OpenOCD with a target script for the AT91R40008 CPU and reset
-the CPU upon startup of the OpenOCD daemon.
@example
-openocd -f interface/parport.cfg -f target/at91r40008.cfg -c init -c reset
+load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
@end example
+will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
+if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
+
+In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
+that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
+are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
+a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
@node GDB and OpenOCD
@chapter GDB and OpenOCD
-@cindex GDB and OpenOCD
+@cindex GDB
OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
to debug remote targets.
-@section Connecting to gdb
-@cindex Connecting to gdb
+@anchor{Connecting to GDB}
+@section Connecting to GDB
+@cindex Connecting to GDB
Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
-instance 6.3 has a known bug where it produces bogus memory access
+instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
errors, which has since been fixed: look up 1836 in
@url{http://sourceware.org/cgi-bin/gnatsweb.pl?database=gdb}
+OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
-A connection is typically started as follows:
+@enumerate
+@item
+A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
@example
target remote localhost:3333
@end example
-This would cause gdb to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
+This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
+@item
+A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
+@example
+target remote | openocd --pipe
+@end example
+This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
+Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
+session.
+@end enumerate
-To see a list of available OpenOCD commands type @option{monitor help} on the
-gdb commandline.
+To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
+GDB command line.
OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
-to be sent by the gdb server (openocd) to gdb. Typical information includes
-packet size and device memory map.
+to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
+packet size and the device's memory map.
-Previous versions of OpenOCD required the following gdb options to increase
-the packet size and speed up gdb communication.
+Previous versions of OpenOCD required the following GDB options to increase
+the packet size and speed up GDB communication:
@example
set remote memory-write-packet-size 1024
set remote memory-write-packet-size fixed
set remote memory-read-packet-size 1024
set remote memory-read-packet-size fixed
@end example
-This is now handled in the @option{qSupported} PacketSize.
+This is now handled in the @option{qSupported} PacketSize and should not be required.
-@section Programming using gdb
-@cindex Programming using gdb
+@section Programming using GDB
+@cindex Programming using GDB
-By default the target memory map is sent to gdb, this can be disabled by
-the following OpenOCD config option:
+By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
+the following OpenOCD configuration option:
@example
gdb_memory_map disable
@end example
-For this to function correctly a valid flash config must also be configured
+For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
working area.
-Informing gdb of the memory map of the target will enable gdb to protect any
-flash area of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
-that the OpenOCD option @option{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
+Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
+flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
+that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
-To view the configured memory map in gdb, use the gdb command @option{info mem}
-All other unasigned addresses within gdb are treated as RAM.
+To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
+All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
-GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible,
-this can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following gdb command.
+GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
+This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
@example
set mem inaccessible-by-default off
@end example
-If @option{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, gdb will be able to
+If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
-gdb will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
+GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
will be used.
-If the target needs configuring before gdb programming, an event
-script can be executed.
+If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
+script can be executed:
@example
$_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
@end example
-To verify any flash programming the gdb command @option{compare-sections}
+To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
can be used.
-@node TCL scripting API
-@chapter TCL scripting API
-@cindex TCL scripting API
-API rules
+@node Tcl Scripting API
+@chapter Tcl Scripting API
+@cindex Tcl Scripting API
+@cindex Tcl scripts
+@section API rules
The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
should be passed in to the proc in question.
-Low level commands are prefixed with "openocd_", e.g. openocd_flash_banks
-is the low level API upon which "flash banks" is implemented.
+@section Internal low-level Commands
+
+By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
+
+Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
+@command{ocd_flash_banks}
+is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
@itemize @bullet
@item @b{ocd_mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
-Read memory and return as a TCL array for script processing
+Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
@item @b{ocd_array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
-Convert a TCL array to memory locations and write the values
+Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
@item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
Return information about the flash banks
@end itemize
OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
-startup.tcl "unknown" proc will translate this into a tcl proc
+startup.tcl "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
called "flash_banks".
+@section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
+
+@subsection HostOS
+
+Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
+variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $HostOS which
+holds one of the following values:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
+@item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
+@item @b{darwin} Darwin (mac-os) is the underlying operating sytem.
+@item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
+@item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
+@item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
+@end itemize
+
+Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
+
+@quotation Note
+We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
+@code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
+@code{jim_platform} (because it
+is jim, not real tcl).
+@end quotation
@node Upgrading
@chapter Deprecated/Removed Commands
@cindex Deprecated/Removed Commands
-Certain OpenOCD commands have been deprecated/removed during the various revisions.
+Certain OpenOCD commands have been deprecated or
+removed during the various revisions.
+
+Upgrade your scripts as soon as possible.
+These descriptions for old commands may be removed
+a year after the command itself was removed.
+This means that in January 2010 this chapter may
+become much shorter.
@itemize @bullet
@item @b{arm7_9 fast_writes}
@cindex arm7_9 fast_writes
-@*use @option{arm7_9 fast_memory_access} command with same args. @xref{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}.
+@*Use @command{arm7_9 fast_memory_access} instead.
+@item @b{endstate}
+@cindex endstate
+@*An buggy old command that would not really work since background polling would wipe out the global endstate
+@xref{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}.
@item @b{arm7_9 force_hw_bkpts}
-@cindex arm7_9 force_hw_bkpts
-@*Use @option{gdb_breakpoint_override} instead. Note that GDB will use hardware breakpoints
-for flash if the gdb memory map has been set up(default when flash is declared in
+@*Use @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} instead. Note that GDB will use hardware breakpoints
+for flash if the GDB memory map has been set up(default when flash is declared in
target configuration). @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
@item @b{arm7_9 sw_bkpts}
-@cindex arm7_9 sw_bkpts
-@*On by default. See also @option{gdb_breakpoint_override}. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
+@*On by default. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
@item @b{daemon_startup}
-@cindex daemon_startup
@*this config option has been removed, simply adding @option{init} and @option{reset halt} to
the end of your config script will give the same behaviour as using @option{daemon_startup reset}
and @option{target cortex_m3 little reset_halt 0}.
@item @b{dump_binary}
-@cindex dump_binary
@*use @option{dump_image} command with same args. @xref{dump_image}.
@item @b{flash erase}
-@cindex flash erase
@*use @option{flash erase_sector} command with same args. @xref{flash erase_sector}.
@item @b{flash write}
-@cindex flash write
@*use @option{flash write_bank} command with same args. @xref{flash write_bank}.
@item @b{flash write_binary}
-@cindex flash write_binary
@*use @option{flash write_bank} command with same args. @xref{flash write_bank}.
@item @b{flash auto_erase}
-@cindex flash auto_erase
@*use @option{flash write_image} command passing @option{erase} as the first parameter. @xref{flash write_image}.
+
+@item @b{jtag_device}
+@*use the @command{jtag newtap} command, converting from positional syntax
+to named prefixes, and naming the TAP.
+@xref{jtag newtap}.
+Note that if you try to use the old command, a message will tell you the
+right new command to use; and that the fourth parameter in the old syntax
+was never actually used.
+@example
+OLD: jtag_device 8 0x01 0xe3 0xfe
+NEW: jtag newtap CHIPNAME TAPNAME \
+ -irlen 8 -ircapture 0x01 -irmask 0xe3
+@end example
+
+@item @b{jtag_speed} value
+@*@xref{JTAG Speed}.
+Usually, a value of zero means maximum
+speed. The actual effect of this option depends on the JTAG interface used.
+@itemize @minus
+@item wiggler: maximum speed / @var{number}
+@item ft2232: 6MHz / (@var{number}+1)
+@item amt jtagaccel: 8 / 2**@var{number}
+@item jlink: maximum speed in kHz (0-12000), 0 will use RTCK
+@item rlink: 24MHz / @var{number}, but only for certain values of @var{number}
+@comment end speed list.
+@end itemize
+
@item @b{load_binary}
-@cindex load_binary
@*use @option{load_image} command with same args. @xref{load_image}.
@item @b{run_and_halt_time}
-@cindex run_and_halt_time
@*This command has been removed for simpler reset behaviour, it can be simulated with the
following commands:
@smallexample
halt
@end smallexample
@item @b{target} <@var{type}> <@var{endian}> <@var{jtag-position}>
-@cindex target
@*use the create subcommand of @option{target}.
@item @b{target_script} <@var{target#}> <@var{eventname}> <@var{scriptname}>
-@cindex target_script
@*use <@var{target_name}> configure -event <@var{eventname}> "script <@var{scriptname}>"
@item @b{working_area}
-@cindex working_area
@*use the @option{configure} subcommand of @option{target} to set the work-area-virt, work-area-phy, work-area-size, and work-area-backup properties of the target.
@end itemize
@chapter FAQ
@cindex faq
@enumerate
+@anchor{FAQ RTCK}
@item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
@cindex RTCK
@cindex adaptive clocking
@*
In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
-syncronization'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
+synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
operating at some speed, your target is operating at another. The two
-clocks are not syncronized, they are ``asynchronous''
+clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
-In order for the two to work together they must syncronize. Otherwise
+In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised. Otherwise
the two systems will get out of sync with each other and nothing will
-work. There are 2 basic options. @b{1.} use a special circuit or
-@b{2.} one clock must be some multile slower the the other.
+work. There are 2 basic options:
+@enumerate
+@item
+Use a special circuit.
+@item
+One clock must be some multiple slower than the other.
+@end enumerate
@b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
-is a non-issue (ie: A 500mhz ARM926) but for others - for example some
-ATMEL SAM7 and SAM9 chips start operation from reset at 32khz -
+is a non-issue (i.e.: A 500MHz ARM926) but for others - for example some
+Atmel SAM7 and SAM9 chips start operation from reset at 32kHz -
program/enable the oscillators and eventually the main clock. It is in
-those critical times you must slow the jtag clock to sometimes 1 to
-4khz.
+those critical times you must slow the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to
+4kHz.
-Imagine debugging that 500mhz arm926 hand held battery powered device
-that ``deep sleeps'' at 32khz between every keystroke. It can be
+Imagine debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered device
+that ``deep sleeps'' at 32kHz between every keystroke. It can be
painful.
@b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
-In order to make use of this your jtag dongle must support the RTCK
+In order to make use of this, your JTAG dongle must support the RTCK
feature. Not all dongles support this - keep reading!
The RTCK signal often found in some ARM chips is used to help with
this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
-28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the jtag synchronisation logic
-work? / how does adaptive clocking working?''.
+28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
+work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
-@b{Solution #2 - Always works - but is slower}
+@b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
-In the most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
-the target clock speed. But what is that ``magic division'' it varies
-depending upon the chips on your board. @b{ARM Rule of thumb} Most ARM
-based systems require an 8:1 division. @b{Xilinx Rule of thumb} is
+In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
+the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
+depending on the chips on your board. @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM
+based systems require an 8:1 division. @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is
1/12 the clock speed.
-Note: Many FTDI2232C based JTAG dongles are limited to 6mhz.
+Note: Many FTDI2232C based JTAG dongles are limited to 6MHz.
-You can still debug the 'lower power' situations - you just need to
+You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
manually adjust the clock speed at every step. While painful and
-teadious, it is not always practical.
+tedious, it is not always practical.
-It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - ie: Cheat a little
+It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
this way.
To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
@example
- # Example: 1.234mhz
+ # Example: 1.234MHz
jtag_khz 1234
@end example
-@item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why does not backslashes in paths under Windows doesn't work?
+@item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
around Windows filenames.
@item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
-claims to come with all the necessary dlls. When using Cygwin, try launching
+claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
@item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
-source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720t or ARM920t,
-software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
+source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
+software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
-@item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails sometimes
-and works sometimes fine.
+@item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
-frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled, if you've specified the full core speed
+frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
(e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
@item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
be done, feel free to add this here.
-@b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of ZEROs onto the
+@b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
-stackframes have been processed. By pushing ZEROs on the stack, GDB
+stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
gracefully stops.
@b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
-your C code, do the same, artifically push some zeros on to the stack,
+your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
@b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
reset, everything else should work fine.
@item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
-Toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
+toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
-@item @b{JTAG Tap Order} JTAG Tap Order - Command Order
+Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
+processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
+else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
+up DRAM and loading it with code.
+
+@anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
+@item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
+particular order?
+
+Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
+the same order used by the hardware.
-Many newer devices have multiple JTAG taps. For example: ST
-Microsystems STM32 chips have two taps, a ``boundary scan tap'' and
-``cortexM3'' tap. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
+Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
+Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
+``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
-connected to the Boundary Scan Tap, which then connects to the
-CortexM3 Tap, which then connects to the TDO pin.
+connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
+Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
-Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The CortexM3, then
-(2) The Boundary Scan Tap. If your board includes an additional JTAG
+Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
+(2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
-place it before or after the stm32 chip in the chain. For example:
+place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
@itemize @bullet
@item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
-@item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 CortexM3 TDI (input)
-@item STM32 CortexM3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
+@item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
+@item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
@item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
@item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
@end itemize
-The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note
+The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
@itemize @bullet
@item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
TODO.
-
+
@end enumerate
-@node TCL Crash Course
-@chapter TCL Crash Course
-@cindex TCL
+@node Tcl Crash Course
+@chapter Tcl Crash Course
+@cindex Tcl
-Not everyone knows TCL - this is not intended to be a replacement for
-learning TCL, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
-how the TCL Scripts work.
+Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
+learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
+how the Tcl scripts work.
This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
who need to understand a bit more of how JIM-Tcl works so they can do
something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
OpenOCD.
-@section TCL Rule #1
+@section Tcl Rule #1
There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
@enumerate
-@item Rule #1: The wife is aways correct
+@item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
@item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
@end enumerate
-The TCL equal is this:
+The Tcl equal is this:
@enumerate
@item Rule #1: Everything is a string
@item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
@end enumerate
-As in the famous joke, the consiquences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
-you understand Rule #1, you will understand TCL.
+As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
+you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
-@section TCL Rule #1b
+@section Tcl Rule #1b
There is a second pair of rules.
@enumerate
@item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
@* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
-in TCL.
+in Tcl.
@item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
@* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
@end enumerate
@section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
-Every TCL command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
+Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
Everything is a string}
-@section TCL Quoting Operators
-In life of a TCL script, there are two important periods of time, the
+@section Tcl Quoting Operators
+In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
difference is subtle.
@enumerate
@item Parse Time
@item Evaluation Time
@end enumerate
-The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in TCL. TCL has
+The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
@{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
-sign. BTW, to set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
+sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
= 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
@itemize @bullet
@item @b{[square-brackets]}
-@* @b{[square-brackets]} are command subsitution. It operates much
+@* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
-string}. These two statments are roughly identical.
+string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
@example
# bash example
X=`date`
echo "The Date is: $X"
- # TCL example
+ # Tcl example
set X [date]
puts "The Date is: $X"
@end example
@*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
-feature: @{curly-braces@} nest, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
-nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is perhaps a bad example, as of
-28/nov/2008, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
+feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
+nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
+at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
@end itemize
-@section Consiquences of Rule 1/2/3/4
+@section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
-The consiquences of Rule 1 is profound.
+The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
-@subsection Tokenizing & Execution.
+@subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
the normal way.
As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
-tokenized and according to the quoting rules. After tokenizing, that
+tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
line is immedatly executed.
Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
-@{curly-braces@} which - eventually - a few lines later closes.
+@{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
@subsection Command Execution
-Remember earlier: There is no such thing as ``control flow''
-statements in TCL. Instead there are COMMANDS that simpily act like
+Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
+statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
control flow operators.
Commands are executed like this:
command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
``LookupCommand()''
-@subsection The FOR Command
+@subsection The FOR command
-The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In TCL,
-the FOR command is normally implimented in C. Remember, FOR is a
+The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
+the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
command just like any other command.
When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
-Remember that every TCL command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
+Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
@example
Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
@end example
-Real TCL is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
+Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
still operates in the same basic way.
-@subsection FOR Command Implimentation
+@subsection FOR command implementation
-To understand TCL it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
+To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
-In TCL there are two underying C helper functions.
+In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
-string. Commands can be seperated by semi-colons, or newlines. While
-parsing, variables are expanded per the quoting rules
+string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
+parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
expression and returns a value.
Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
-implimented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
+implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
@example
void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
return ERROR;
@}
-
+
// argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
// Execute the start statement.
SetResult( interp, "" );
return SUCCESS;
@}
-@end example
+@end example
Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
in the same basic way.
-@section OpenOCD TCL Usage
+@section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
@subsection source and find commands
@b{Where:} In many configuration files
@item The FIND command is in square brackets.
@* The FIND command is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should
find the full path to the named file. The RESULT is a string, which is
-subsituted on the orginal command line.
+substituted on the orginal command line.
@item The command source is executed with the resulting filename.
@* SOURCE reads a file and executes as a script.
@end enumerate
@subsection format command
-@b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
-@* TCL no command like @b{printf()}, intead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
-@b{sprintf()}.
+@b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
+@* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
+@b{sprintf()}.
@b{Example}
@example
set x 6
@* Refer to Rule #1.
@item The PUTS command outputs the text.
@end enumerate
-@subsection Body Or Inlined Text
+@subsection Body or Inlined Text
@b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
@example
#1 Good
@*There are 4 examples:
@enumerate
@item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
-@item The TCLBODY is several simple commands semi-colon seperated
+@item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
@item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
@item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
@end enumerate
and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
$_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
-change. @{BTW: [date] is perhaps a bad example, as of 28/nov/2008,
+change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
@end enumerate
@subsection Global Variables
@b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
-you must say so. Also see ``upvar''. Example:
+you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
@example
proc myproc @{ @} @{
set y 0 #Local variable Y
@}
@end example
@section Other Tcl Hacks
-@b{Dynamic Variable Creation}
+@b{Dynamic variable creation}
@example
# Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
@}
@end example
-@b{Dynamic Proc/Command Creation}
+@b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
@example
# One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
foreach who @{A B C D E@}
@}
@end example
-@node Target library
-@chapter Target library
-@cindex Target library
+@node Target Library
+@chapter Target Library
+@cindex Target Library
OpenOCD comes with a target configuration script library. These scripts can be
used as-is or serve as a starting point.
-The target library is published together with the openocd executable and
+The target library is published together with the OpenOCD executable and
the path to the target library is in the OpenOCD script search path.
Similarly there are example scripts for configuring the JTAG interface.
-The command line below uses the example parport configuration scripts
+The command line below uses the example parport configuration script
that ship with OpenOCD, then configures the str710.cfg target and
-finally issues the init and reset command. The communication speed
+finally issues the init and reset commands. The communication speed
is set to 10kHz for reset and 8MHz for post reset.
-
@example
-openocd -f interface/parport.cfg -f target/str710.cfg -c "init" -c "reset"
+openocd -f interface/parport.cfg -f target/str710.cfg \
+ -c "init" -c "reset"
@end example
-
To list the target scripts available:
@example
at91sam9260.cfg nslu2.cfg sam7x256.cfg wi-9c.cfg
@end example
-
-
@include fdl.texi
-@node OpenOCD Index
+@node OpenOCD Concept Index
@comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
@comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
@comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
@comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
-@unnumbered OpenOCD Index
+@unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
@printindex cp
+@node Command and Driver Index
+@unnumbered Command and Driver Index
+@printindex fn
+
@bye
Code Review / openocd.git / blobdiff